Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction - Simpson Strong ...

Connectors
for Timber
and Masonry
Construction
2013 Edition
C-UK12
+44 (0) 1827 255 600
www.strongtie.co.uk

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Alphabetical Index
SST Prefix Description Page
1ARB Arrisrail Bracket 142
1EXT Wall Extension Profile 129
1FUR Wall Extension Profile 129
1MPP Galvanised Wall Extension Profile 129
1MPS Stainless Steel Wall Extension Profile 129
A Angles 111
A34/A35 Framing Anchor/Universal Framing Anchor 110
ABC Angle Bracket for Cladding 117
ABR Reinforced Angle Bracket 114
Archformers 140
BI Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 67
BTS Brick-Timber Stainless Steel Wall Tie 107, 131
C2K Crocodile Wall Extension Profile 128
CB Welded Column Base 120
CBR Masonry Reinforcement Mesh 137
CC Column Cap 121
DBT Deck Board Tie 143
Disproportionate Collapse 10
DML Expanded Metal Lathing 138
DSTC Double Sided Timber Connector 119
E Reinforced Angle Bracket 114
EA Light reinforced Angle Bracket 115
EC Light Angle Bracket 115
EFIXR/EFIXS Adjustable Angle Bracket 116
END Multi Angle Bracket 116
EPC End Post Cap 121
ERS Render Stop 136
ES Nail Plate Angle Bracket 116
ET Skewed 45° Hanger 49, 80
ETFSS Hold Down Strap 106
FB Fixing Band 127
FMS Folded Mini Strap 126
FT Frame Tie 130
GLTV Top Flange Heavy Welded Hanger 69
GS Glide Shoe 92
H High Wind Tie 118
H Heavy Restraint Strap 124
HES Heavy Engineered Restraint Strap 122
HGUQ Face Fix Heavy Girder Truss Hanger - SDS Installation 87
HGUS Face Fix Heavy EWP Hanger 80
HGUS Face Fix Heavy Girder Truss Hanger 87
HI Scrolled Hip Iron 142
HITB Heavy Backer Free I-Joist Hanger 52
HIU Face Fix Heavy I-Joist Hanger 75
HIUB Heavy Metal-Web Hanger 82
HJHM Heavy Masonry Solid Joist Hanger 21
HJHMI Heavy Masonry I-Joist Hanger 30
HRC Hip Ridge Connector 100
HSA Herringbone Joist Strut 127
HU Heavy Face Fix I-Joist Hanger 78
IC Insulation Clip 108
ICF Ledger Connector 28
IHS I-Beam Hole Support 58
IRC Insulated Concrete Form Hanger 131
ITB Backer Free I-Joist Hanger 52
ITBS Backer Free I-Joist Hanger With Adjustable Skew 54
ITSE Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 64
IUB Face Fix Metal-Web Hanger 82
IUBS Metal-Web Joist with Adjustable Skew 86
IUC Face Fix Concealed Flange Hanger 44
IUQ Metal Web Joist to SIP Hanger 88
IUSE Face Mount I-Joist Hanger 71
JES
Joist End Support
90
JHA Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height 42
JHM Masonry Joist Hanger 25
JHMI Masonry I-Joist Hanger 30
L Light Restraint Strap 124
SST Prefix Description Page
L70 Reinforcing Angle 111
LBV Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 67
LES Light Engineered Restraint Strap 122
LS Skewable Angle 119
LSSU Light Sloped/Skewed Adjustable Hanger 98
LSTA Strap Tie 127
LSU Light Sloped/Skewed Adjustable Hanger 98
LTS/MTS Light/Medium Twist Strap 127
LUP Light Speed Prong Joist Hanger 48
LWTS Brick-to-Brick Stainless Steel Wall Tie 130
MH Mini Joist Hanger 48
MH Mini Hanger I-Joist 77
MIT Medium Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 65
MIU Medium Face Fix I-Joist Hanger 75
MJC Multi Joist Connector 61
MMB Mini Mesh Bead 137
MP Mending Plate 143
MVB Movement Bead 136
NAILS Nail Types and Nailing Options 14
NP Nail Plate 97
NS Nail Stopper 142
PBH Heavy Duty Post Base 121
PBS Post Base with Stand Off 120
PC Post Cap 121
PEB Plasterboard Edge Bead 136
PSB Plaster Stop Bead 136
PVCu Bead Plastic Bead 128
PWT Party Wall Tie 109
RBL Ribbed Metal Lathing 139
RR Ridge Rafter Connector 101
SAB Standard Angle Bead 137
Sacrificial Joist Detail 71
SAE Heavy Face Fix Hanger 46
SAI Heavy Face Fix Hanger with Concealed Flanges 46
SDE Adjustable Face Fix Hanger 45
SDW Structural Timber Screws 16
SES Simpson End Seal 34
SFH Safety Fast Hanger 18
SFHI Safety Fast Hanger for I-Joist 39
SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap 24, 33
SFWH Safety Fast Welded Joist Hanger 18
SFLH Safety Fast Lite Hanger for Solid Joist 20
SFLHI Safety Fast Lite Hanger for I-Joist 36
SFWHI Safety Fast Welded Joist Hanger for I-Joist 39
SPA Sole Plate Anchor 105
SPR Slope Adjustable Hanger 101
SPWG Square Plate Washer 143
SSTC Single Sided Timber Connector 113
SVM Soffit Vent Mesh 140
SWT Stainless Steel SIP Tie 107, 131
T Bracket 119
TCB Thin Coat Angle Bead 137
TTCB Toothed Thin Coat Angle Bead 141
TCP Truss Clip 92
TFLS Levelling System 104
THA Truss Hanger, Adjustable Height Strap 95
THAI Adjustable Height I-Joist Hanger 81
THG Girder Truss Hanger 96
THM Truss Hanger Mono 94
TU Concealed Beam Hanger 50
U Face Fix Hanger for I-Joist 78
VP Loft Vent Plate 91
VPA Variable Pitch Connector 99
VTCR Valley Truss Clip 102
WBT Window Board Tie 130
WPU Welded Top Flange EWP Hanger 69
WTS Stainless Steel Wire Wall Tie 132
ZS Slotted Z Clip 63
2

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Connector Selector
Products are divided into categories, identified by tabs along the page’s outer edge.
Masonry Hangers - Solid Joist
18-29
Masonry Hangers - I-Joist & Metal Web
30-41
Timber Hangers - Solid Joist
42-51
Timber Hangers - I-Joist & Metal Web
Roof Connectors
52-89
90-102
Timber Frame Connectors
104-109
Angle Brackets & Ties
110-117
Timber Connectors
118-119
Caps & Bases
120-121
Straps
Masonry Connectors & Wall Ties
Bead & Mesh
Miscellaneous
122-127
128-133
134-141
142-143
3

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
New Products for 2012
ABC: Angle Bracket for Cladding
ET: 45° Skewed Left or Right Hanger
Designed to fix
vertical battens
directly to the
structure, creating
an insulation/
ventilation zone.
One piece
joist hanger for
supporting skewed
timber joists from
timber members.
IC: Insulation Clip
IHS: I-Beam Hole Support
Provides a quick
and simple method
of retaining rigid
insulation within a
timber frame panel.
Strengthens I-joists
when holes are
required to be cut
in locations not
normally permitted.
IUQ: Metal Web Joist to SIP Hanger
NP: Redesigned Nail Plate
Provides a quick
and simple method
of retaining rigid
insulation within a
timber frame panel.
All new Nail plate
now manufactured
from thicker
material for
improved strength.
SFLHI: Safety Fast Lite Hanger
SPR: Slope Adjustable Hanger
Supports timber
joists from masonry
walls without the
need for masonry
course above the
course supporting
the hanger.
Supports joists or
rafters from timber
members. Can be
sloped up or down
by up to 45°.
SVM: Soffit Vent Mesh
A fine stainless
steel mesh which
allows roof space
ventilation while
preventing access
to birds and
insects.
SWT: Stainless Steel SIP Tie
SIP wall tie used
to restrain the
external brickwork
back to the building
structure.
4

Connection
of Multi-Ply
Members
Using
Structural
Screws
T-SCREW-0811
Issued August 2011
Also available from Simpson Strong-Tie ®
Structural Screws. Designed to meet the needs of contractor’s building in timber frame, SIP
(Structural Insulated Panel), CLT (Cross Laminated Timber), Glulam, but also for joining together
multple truss plies and I-Beam, Open Web and solid joists.

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Eurocode 5: The New Design Method
Background
In 1985 a “New Approach to Technical Harmonisation” was introduced through the European Commission (EC). A list
of Directives was formulated for a wide range of product types. E.g. electrical goods, toys...
One of these Directives was the Construction Products Directive (CPD). In 1988 the European Committee for
Standardisation (CEN) commenced preparation of Harmonised Standards for a number of product types.
The standards define the requirements to determine suitability of the products for use under the Construction
Products Directive. They also make provision for CE Marking of products to demonstrate the product conforms to
the Essential Requirements of the CPD. Harmonised Standards have not been developed for all products but it is
possible to obtain European Technical Approvals (ETA) when a European Technical Approval Guideline (ETAG) exists.
Simpson Strong-Tie’s range of products is mainly covered by the following European Standards and ETAG’s which
have been used as the basis for capacity determination and CE Marking:
BS EN 845-1
ETAG015
BS EN 14592
EN14545
Specification for Ancillary Components for Masonry
Three Dimensional Nailing Plates
Timber Structure - Dowel Type Fastener Requirements
2D Nailing Plates
Design Methods
European Design Standards, Eurocodes, have also been developed which become compulsory early in 2010 and
supersede the existing national design codes. The Eurocodes which impact on the Simpson Strong-Tie range of
products are:
EN1993 Eurocode 3
EN1995 Eurocode 5
EN1996 Eurocode 6
Design of Steel Structures
Design of Timber Structures
Design of Masonry Structures
Most of the current UK national design standards are based on limit state design except for BS5268 for Structural
Timber Design which still uses allowable stress methods. Eurocode 5 introduces limit state design principles to structural
timber design in the UK for the first time. This requires the designer to use characteristic values for the product
capacities. The characteristic capacities (or resistances) are modified by partial safety factors to arrive at design
capacities. These factors generally increase the loads and decrease the capacity.
In timber design the duration of loading also influences the design capacity and a modification factor is applied
dependent on the duration. These modification factors are also dependent on the materials being used.
The Simpson Strong-Tie range of products are generally connected to either Solid Timbers or LVL materials, which
utilise the modification factors kmod shown in the table below.
Extract From Table 3.1 in BS EN 1995-1-1:2004 + A1:2008 (Eurocode 5)
Load Duration
Permanent
Long Term
(Download)
Medium Term
Short Term
(Uplift)
Instananeous
k mod 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1
6

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Eurocode 5: The New Design Method
This catalogue generally presents characteristic resistances for timber to timber connectors as Unmodified
Characteristic Resistances i.e. the characteristic value has not been modifed by the appropriate k mod factor.
Please note the k mod factor does not apply to masonry hangers and connectors.
Actual Applied Loads x Partial Safety Factor on Loads = Design Load (or Factored Load)
Characteristic Capacity x kmod / Partial Safety Factor on Materials = Design Capacity
Design Load < Design Capacity
In previous catalogues we published only Safe Working Loads.
129-150
As we are in a period of transition between the use of allowable load and limit state design this catalogue
includes both types of capacity.
NOTE: It is important Characteristic or Design Capacities are not compared with Actual Applied Loads when
selecting and designing a connector. Design Capacities i.e. Characteristic Capacities factored as described
above, shall only be used to check against factored design loads.
The Allowable load design method utilises a Global Safety Factor to reduce the Ultimate or Failure Load to a
Safe Working Load, this must be greater than the Actual Applied Load.
The 2 methods can be compared graphically using the diagram below:
Ultimate or Failure Load
Unmodified
Characteristic Capacity
/ Global Safety Factor
x k mod
Modified Characteristic
Capacity / Partial Safety Factor
Design Capacity
Safe Working
Actual Applied Load < SWL
Service Classes
Actual or Applied Load
Design Load
x Partial Safety Factor
Design Load < Design Capacity
Timber structures shall be assigned to one of the service classes stated below:
Service Class 1 Characterised by a moisture content in the materials corresponding to a temperature of
20°C and the relative humidity of the surrounding air only exceeding 65% for a few weeks per year, e.g.
warm roofs, internal timber frame walls, internal/party walls.
Service Class 2 Characterised by a moisture content in the materials corresponding to a temperature of
20° C and the relative humidity of the surrounding air only exceeding 85% for a few weeks per year, e.g.
ground floors, cold roofs, external timber frame walls and external walls.
Service Class 3 Characterised by climatic conditions leading to higher moisture contents than in service
class 2, e.g. external uses, fully exposed.
7

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Terms and Conditions
PRODUCT USE
Products in this catalogue are designed and manufactured for the specific purposes shown, and should not be used with other fixings not
approved by a qualified designer. Modifications to products or changes in installation procedures should only be made by a qualified designer.
The performance of such modified products or altered installation procedures is the sole responsibility of the designer.
INDEMNITY
The Buyer’s shall indemnify Simpson Strong-Tie ® against any claim or liability in respect of any infringement of a patent or registered design,
copyright or other industrial property resulting from compliance with the Buyer’s instructions, express or implied, and the Buyer undertakes
further to indemnify the Simpson Strong-Tie ® for any loss, damage or expense in respect of any liability arising under or by reason of the
provisions of the Consumer Protection Act 1987 in relation to the specification or design of such goods or any similar legislation in any other
country in which the goods are supplied.
NON-CATALOGUE & MODIFIED PRODUCTS
Consult Simpson Strong-Tie ® for applications requiring modified products, or for fixings for use in hostile environments, with excessive wood
shrinkage, or with abnormal loading or erection requirements.
Non-catalogue products must be designed by the customer and will be fabricated by Simpson Strong-Tie ® in accordance with customer
specifications. Simpson Strong-Tie ® cannot and does not make any representations regarding the suitability of use or load-carrying capacities of
non-catalogue products.
Simpson Strong-Tie ® provides no warranty, express or implied, on non-catalogue products. Any party modifying
Simpson Strong-Tie ® products must provide the installer with specific instructions on the modified product’s specifications, installation, and use.
LIMITED WARRANTY
a) The Seller warrants that it has good title to the goods and that the goods will, for a period of 12 months from the date of delivery comply with their
specification and be free from defects in material and workmanship. The Seller does not warrant that the goods are fit for any particular purpose
and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure the goods are suitable for the use(s) to which it intends to put them.
b) The warranties in condition 7(a) are given on condition that the Seller is not liable for a defect in the goods caused by:
(i) fair wear and tear, wilful damage, negligence, or abnormal or unsuitable storage or working conditions of the goods by the Buyer;
(ii) failure to follow the Seller’s instructions or guidance whether oral or in writing (including but not limited to any instructions set out in the Seller’s
catalogue) as to the storage, commissioning, installation, use and maintenance of the goods or (if there are none) good trade practice regarding the
same;
(iii) the Buyer altering or repairing the goods without the written consent of the Seller;
(iv) the Buyer making further use of the goods after giving notice in accordance with condition 7(c); or
(v) the goods differing from their specification as a result of changes made to ensure they comply with applicable statutory or regulatory requirements.
c) The Seller is not liable for a defect in the goods unless it is notified to the Seller within 5 days of the date of delivery or, if the defect would not be
apparent on reasonable inspection, of the date on which it would become apparent to a reasonable buyer.
d) The Seller shall not be liable for damage in transit, shortage of delivery or non-delivery unless the Buyer shall have given the Seller written notice
of such damage, shortage or loss, with reasonable particulars of it within 5 days of receipt of the goods or (in the case of total loss) of receipt of the
invoice or other notification of dispatch.
e) If the Seller is liable under these warranties then (subject to condition 7(j)) the Seller’s only obligation is, at its option, to make good any shortage
or non-delivery; replace or repair any goods which are damaged or defective; or refund to the Buyer the amount paid by the Buyer for the goods
that are the subject of the claim.
f) Except as expressly set out in these conditions, all conditions, warranties and representations, expressed or implied by statute, common law or
otherwise, in relation to the goods are excluded.
g) The Seller is not liable to the Buyer, whether for negligence, breach of contract, misrepresentation or otherwise, for:
(i) loss or damage incurred by the Buyer as a result of third party claims; or
(ii) indirect or consequential damage suffered by the Buyer, including, without limitation, loss of goodwill, business opportunity or anticipated savings;
or
(iii) economic losses including without limitation loss of profit.
h) For the avoidance of doubt, subject to condition 7(j) the entire liability of the Seller arising out of or in connection with the goods, whether for tort
(including negligence), breach of contract, breach of statutory duty, misrepresentation or otherwise, is limited to the Seller’s level of insurance cover in
place from time to time (currently £500,000) and the Buyer shall be responsible for making its own arrangements for the insurance of any excess loss.
i) The Seller’s prices are determined on the basis of the liability limits in this condition. The Buyer may by written notice to the seller request the Seller
to agree a higher limit of liability provided insurance cover can be obtained for that higher limit.
j) Nothing in these conditions shall operate to exclude or restrict the Seller’s liability for death or personal injury resulting from negligence, or breach
of the obligations arising from section 12 of the Sale of Goods Act 1979, or for fraud/deceit.
8

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Company Profile
Simpson’s Quality Policy
We help people build safer structures economically. We do this by designing, engineering and manufacturing “No Equal” structural
connectors and other related products that meet or exceed our customers’ needs and expectations.
Everyone is responsible for product quality and is committed to ensuring the effectiveness of the Quality Management System.
Terry Kingsfather
President
0
Testing Laboratory Accreditation
Our European Test Laboratory located in Tamworth, Staffordshire is the first manufacturer’s facility to
achieve third party accreditation to the international standard BS EN ISO/IEC 17025.
4024
Quality Management: ISO9001:2008
Simpson Strong-Tie is an ISO 9001 registered company.
ISO 9001 is an internationally-recognised quality management system standard, which lets our
customers know that they can count on the consistent quality of Simpson Strong-Tie’s products
and services.
ISO9001
FM14704
The Environment: ISO14001, Health and Safety: BS 18001
Simpson Strong-Tie UK designs, manufactures and distributes pressed steel products for the
construction industry. It recognises that its processes and products do impact on the environment
and so is committed to minimise this impact through the following measures:
• Comply with applicable legislation, industry codes of practice and other requirements.
• Avoiding, controlling or reducing pollution resulting from its operations.
• Take account of the concerns of interested parties such as regulators, shareholders, employees
and the public.
• Set objectives to drive continual improvement programmes and regularly review performance to
evaluate effectiveness.
• Ensure that all persons working for or on behalf of the branch are aware of this policy and are
trained in their responsibilities.
• Minimise the risk and protect our associates and the communities in which we operate by utilising
safe technologies and operating procedures.
• Employ management systems and procedures specifically designed to prevent activities and
conditions that pose a threat to health, safety or the environment.
• Ensure our suppliers adhere to basic workplace standards, comply with applicable laws and
regulations and operate in a socially and environmentally responsible manner.
ISO14001
EMS517722
BS18001
OHS57006
9

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Disproportionate Collapse - Timber Frame Buildings
The Regulations
It is a requirement under the UK building regulations that buildings comply to a minimum level of robustness. This
is referred to as ‘disproportionate collapse’. The building regulations for Scotland and England & Wales in essence
state, although worded slightly differently from each other, that: “The building shall be constructed so that in the event
of an accident the building will not suffer collapse to an extent disproportionate to the cause”.
Until a British code is available and referenced in the building regulations the route for timber designers is to adopt
alternative methods. The UKTFA have developed a method and forms the basis for the following information.
The Methods
Platform timber frame is a lightweight building process that under accidental damage is known to be robust and has
significant capacity to span over gaps caused by accidental damage. This was demonstrated by tests carried out
on the BRE/TRADA TF2000 six storey building in 1998 which concluded that: “...timber frames designed and built
correctly were robust against disproportionate collapse”.
Platform timber frame comprises wall and floor components mechanically fixed to each other. Unlike other structural
concepts, buildings falling outside the scope of platform cellular layouts e.g. post & beam or portal frames, platform
timber frame relies on the full diaphragm action of the floors to transfer horizontal forces to an evenly distributed
layout of load bearing walls, which provide both vertical support and horizontal load resistance.
The building regulations have classified buildings into 4 classes according to building type and risk.
Class Building Type and Occupancy Method Design Check Products
Class 1
Single occupancy - 1 to 4 storey
e.g. Detached and town houses.
Platform:
Other:
No additional requirements above normal
design process.
Horizontal tying (1) force at each junction
to be checked.
Class 2A
Houses or apartments - up to 4 storey
Platform:
Other:
Use common proven details to provide
tying (1) of suspended floors to walls.
Check for an accidental horizontal
effective tying (1) force of 5 kN/m of
ITB, HITB, SAE,
SAI, HU, HUC,
IUC
Class 2B
Houses, apartments or other residential
buildings - 4 to 15 storey
Hospitals - up to 3 storey
Educational buildings - up to 15 storey
Platform:
Other:
Use common proven details to provide
effective tying (1) of suspended floors
to walls, along with a check on the
notional removal of each load bearing
wall (bridging) (2) . Key element (3) design
to be used when notional removal is not
proactical.
Check for an accidental horizontal
effective tie force of 7 kN/m of supported
wall along with check on the notional
removal of each load supporting, load
bearing or wall (bridging) (2) .
Key element (3) design to be used when
notional removal is not practical.
SAE, SAI, HU,
HUC, IUC, CC,
CCC, CCT,
ECCLL
Class 3
Buildings with high levels of crowd
accumulation
Designer to carry out risk assessment and decide upon
a suitable method.
1. Tying – Provision of effective horizontal ties.
2. Bridging – “Rim Beam” method where the structure is designed to bridge over the loss of an untied member.
3. Key Element – A structural member (column) upon which the stability of the remainder of the structure depends.
The Products
ITB, HITB, SAE, SAI, HU, HUC, IUC tie the joist to rim beam, providing a vertical support & horizontal tie force.
SAE, SAI, HU, HUC, CC, CCC, CCT, ECCLL join rim beam members at each junction, providing a vertical support &
horizontal tie force.
CC, CCC, CCT, ECCLL join a structural column (Key Element) to the rim beam, providing a horizontal tie force.
10

Glulam
Timber
Connectors
The following information refers
to connectors suitable for use in
Glulam timber construction.
C-GLULAM-0711
Issued July 2011
Also available from Simpon Strong-Tie ®
Glulam timber connectors. A range of discrete connectors designed to maximise the natural
beauty and strength of Glulam timber. Choose from a tested selection of ‘off the shelf’ solutions
with performance values and CE approval.

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Important Information
General Notes
This catalogue reflects changes in the product performance and configurations of some Simpson Strong-Tie ® products. This catalogue is
effective until 31st December 2014 and supercedes all information in earlier publications of products shown. Information on product performance
and configurations are updated periodically. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie ® for the most current product information. Product performances in
the catalogue are for the described specific applications of properly-installed products. Product modifications, improper loading or installation
procedures, or deviations from recommended applications will affect product performances.
These notes are provided to ensure proper installation of Simpson
Strong-Tie ® products and must be followed fully.
• Simpson Strong-Tie ® reserves the right to change specifications,
designs and models without notice.
• Steel used for each Simpson Strong-Tie ® product is individually
selected based on the product’s steel specifications, including strength,
thickness, formability, finish, and weldability. Contact factory for steel
information on specific products.
• Unless otherwise noted, dimensions are in millimeters (mm) and loads
are downloads in kilo Newtons (kN).
• Unless otherwise noted, product performances are for use with C16
(SC3) timber. Products assessed in the USA were evaluated with
Spruce-Pine-Fir timber.
• Unless otherwise noted, bending steel on site may cause fractures at the
bend line. Fractured steel will not carry the load and must be replaced.
Products designed for bending at time of installation should only be bent
once.
• A fastener that splits timber will not take the design load. Evaluate splits
to determine if the connection will perform as required. Dry wood may
split more easily and should be evaluated as required. If wood tends to
split, consider pre-boring holes with diameters not exceeding 75% of the
nail diameter.
• Take wood shrinkage into account when designing and installing
connections. Simpson manufactures products to fit common dry timber
dimensions. If you require a connector with dimensions other than those
listed, Simpson may be able to vary connector dimensions; contact the
factory.
• Top fix hangers may cause unevenness. Possible remedies should be
evaluated by a professional and include using a face-fixing hanger or
removing material to accommodate the top flange thickness.
• Multiple member timbers must be fastened together to act as one unit to
resist the applied load.
• Do not overload. Do not exceed the product performance which would
jeopardise the connection.
• Some model configurations may differ from illustrations shown. Contact
factory for details.
• Fill all fastener holes with fastener types specified in the tables, unless
otherwise noted. When nailing options are noted, the fasteners must be the
correct type and location to obtain full loading.
• Hanger options - some combinations of hanger options have not been
evaluated. In some cases, combinations of these options may not be
installable. Horizontal loads induced by sloped joists must be resisted by
other members in the structural system. A qualified designer must always
evaluate each connection, including the carried and carrying member
limitations, before specifying the product.
Instructions to the Installer
• All specified fasteners must be installed according to the instructions for
each connector. Incorrect fastener quantity, size, type, material, or finish
may cause the connection to fail.
• Install all specified fasteners before loading the connection.
• Pneumatic or power-actuated fasteners may deflect and injure the
operator or others. Nail guns may be used to install connectors, provided
the correct number and type of nails are properly installed in the holes
provided.
• Guns with hole locators should be used. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions and use appropriate safety equipment.
• Masonry supported connectors must be embedded into correct strength
mortar as per British Standard.
• Hangers into masonry walls must have the minimum specified height of
masonry above the hanger, with the mortar fully cured, before load is
applied. Top fix masonry hangers will not carry the design load without
specified masonry above the top flange of the hanger. The expection
to this would be the use of the Safety Fast range of products. Safety
Fast hangers allows construction work to continue safely just 3 days
after the supporting blockwork has been laid. See pages 18 or 32 for
performance values and installation guidance relating to Safety Fast.
• Protruding nails should always be clinched to avoid injury.
Instructions to the Designer
Characteristic capacities specified in this catalogue are based on C16 timber grades unless otherwise specified and are presented for use with
Limit State Design methods in accordance with Eurocode 5.
• The Safe Working Loads (SWL) shown in the Simpson Strong-Tie ®
publications for the United Kingdom are derived from tests, calculations
and assessments performed in the UK and the USA.
• Safe Working Loads (SWL) are presented for use in permissible stress
design in accordance with BS 5268: Part 2: 2002 for Service Classes
1 and 2.
• Loads from Germany were in accordance to DIN design criteria
and testing required for Zulassung certification by the Institute für
Bautechnique.
• Some products in this catalogue are designed, tested and evaluated in
accordance with U.S. industry standards including: National Design.
• Wood shear is not considered in the loads given; reduce allowable loads
when wood shear is limiting.
• Simpson Strong-Tie® strongly recommends the following addition to construction
drawings and specifications: substitutions for Simpson Strong-Tie ®
products must be pre-approved in writing by the designer’.
• Verify that the dimensions of the supporting members are sufficient to
receive the specified fasteners.
• Some catalogue illustrations show connections that could cause cross grain
tension or bending of timber if not sufficiently reinforced.
• Timber connectors showing the CE mark have been assessed in accordinace
with Eurocode 5. European Technical Appovals (ETA's) have been
obtained and are available on request.
Corrosion Resistance
Connectors are steel and will corrode and lose load-carrying capacity if exposed to ocean salt air, corrosive fire-retardant chemicals, fertilizers, or other substances
that adversely affect steel. In corrosive environments, especially for connectors that are not exposed to rain or periodic washing, deterioration will occur at a faster
rate. The service life of galvanized connectors in a temperate marine environment can be greatly improved by homeowner maintenance. Fasteners of comparable
material should be used to install the product.
Pressure-preservative treated and fire-retardant wood can be caustic to zinc coated (or galvanised) steel. Galvanised connectors should not be placed in contact
with treated wood that has not been properly air-seasoned or properly kiln dried. See material supplier for specific recommendations.
12

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Hanger Options
Options and Terminology
This information applies only to hangers manufactured by Simpson
Strong-Tie and installed as per our installation instructions. Some
combinations of these options on a single hanger have not been
evaluated. In some cases, combinations of these options may
not be installable. A qualified engineer must always evaluate each
connection, including header and joist limitations, before specifying
the product.
Testing is performed using a standardised hanger test method. The
joist in the test set up may include a certain amount of structural
stability. Header and other attached structural members are assumed
fixed in actual installations. Horizontal loads, induced by sloped joists,
must be resisted by other members in the structural system.
Material: Material thickness may vary from that specified for
standard hanger configurations, depending on the manufacturing
process. Generally welded hangers have one-piece stirrups;
occasionally it may be necessary to create a welded stirrup from two
or three pieces. Hanger configurations, height and fastener schedules
may vary from the table depending on the joist size, skew and slope.
FINISH: See specific hanger tables. WHM specials are hot dip
galvanised after manufacture. All other welded hangers can be
supplied with a galvanised or powder coated finish.
INSTALLATION: Fastener quantities may be increased beyond the
amount specified in the standard hanger table. Fill all holes with the
table specified fastener type.
WHEN PLACING AN ORDER: Use the abbreviations below to order
specials. The example shows a WPU200/45 hanger and illustrates
most available options: most special hangers have only a few of these
features.
129-150
WPU S 200/45 D30 SKL20 TFDL20 S=100
Base Model Base Model SKL= Skewed Left S=Straddle
Series Size 20 o , SKR=Right Width (100mm)
S=Straddle D=Down Seat Top Flange Down
30 o , U=UP U=Up Sear (20 o )
Terminology - refer to the table below for limits and possible combinations.
Skewed Seat Sloped Seat Sloped Top Flange Offset Top Flange
Straddle
Concealed Flanges
Return Top Flange
Skewed Seat: Skewed left or right, on plan. Suitable for floor or roof members skewed at an angle to the support. Specify skew angle and
direction.
Sloped Seat: Sloped up or down on plan. Suitable for roof rafters supported on ridge beam. Specifiy slope angle and up or down.
Sloped Top Flange: Top flange sloped down to the left or right. Suitable for roof member supported on main rafter. Specify slope angle to
horizontal, slope down to left or right and low, centre or high side of stirrup flush with header.
Offset Top Flange: Stirrup is offset to right or left end of the top flange, as viewed from joist. Suitable for support of trimmer beams from end of
main beam. Specify offset right or left.
Straddle: Two stirrups directly opposite each other. Suitable for support of joists on either side of main support beam. Specify width of support
beam or wall.
Concealed Flanges: SAE, HU and U hangers flanges concealed. Specify both flanges or single left or right flange concealed. For SAE minimum
width 100mm, for HU & U minimum width 70mm.
Return Top Flange: Masonry JHM & HJHM hanger. Specify return R dimension.
Model
Skewed
Max. Angle
Sloped
Max. Angle
Sloped
Top Flange
Offset
Top Flange
Return Straddle Combination
B/BI 45 O 45 O 30 O
GLTV 50 O 45 O 30 O
HJHM(I) - - -
HU/U 67.5 O 45 O -
JHM(I) 45 O - -
LBV 45 O 45 O 30 O
SAE 67.5 O 45 O -
THG 45 O 30 O -
TU 45 O - -
WHM 45 O 45 O -
13

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Fasteners: Nails
Many Simpson Strong-Tie ®
products are designed to
use common nails, readily
available to builders.
Certain applications require
special fasteners, such as those
with length limitations or for use in
hostile environments.
This section shows common nails
referred to in our design literature
along with special fasteners we
supply upon request.
Fasteners are only included where
specifically indicated in the current
price list.
0 mm
30 mm
50 mm
75 mm
100 mm
4.0x100 3.75x75 3.35x50 3.75x30
Stainless
Steel
Round Hole: To fasten a connector. Always fill and make sure to use the correct nail.
Hexagonal Hole: For use with SDS structural screws.
Triangle Hole: Sometimes provided in addition to round holes. Fill triangular holes when specified.
Obround Hole: Provide easier nailing access in tight locations. Fasteners installed at any angle.
Diamond Hole: Optional holes to temporarily secure connectors to the member during installation.
Dome Nailing
This feature guides the
nail into the joist and
header at a 45° angle.
US Patent: 5,603,580.
Double Shear Nailing
The nail is installed into the
joist and header, distributing
the load through two points
on each joist nail for
greater strength
Positive Angle Nailing
Provided when wood
splitting may occur and to
reduce installation time.
Speed Prongs
Used to temporarily position
and secure the connector
for easier and faster
installation.
14

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Fasteners: Nails
UK Calculated Nail Capacities
Size (mm) and Description
3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Shank
(Sheradised Coating)
3.75 x 75mm Smooth Shank
(Galvanised Coating)
4.0 x 100mm Smooth Shank
(Galvanised Coating)
1. Table loads are based upon a metal thickness of 1.2mm.
2. Where metal thickness is less than 1.2mm reduce loads to 80% of the value.
3. Where more than 9 nails are used in a line reduce loads to 90% of the value.
4. Table loads are SWL’s in accordance with BS5268.
5. Characteristic Loads have been calculated in accordance with Euro Code 5.
Timber
Grade
Long
Term
Lateral Loads (N) 2,3
Medium
Term
Short
Term
Characteristic
Loads
C16 397 445 497 876
TR26 434 486 543 1031
C16 555 622 694 1309
TR26 611 685 764 1474
C16 618 692 772 1498
TR26 674 755 842 1699
Nail Reduction Table
When the catalogue specified header nails are substituted with an alternate nail on Face Fix Hangers and
Straight Straps, the specified product performance should be multiplied by the following adjustment factors.
Catalogue Nail Replacement Nail (mm) Adjustment Factor
4.0mm 100mm
3.75 x 75mm 0.84
3.75 x 30mm 0.60
3.75mm x 75mm 3.75 x 30mm 0.66
1. Joist nails may not be substituted in double shear hangers.
2. Face nails on slope and skew combinations or skewed only LSU and LSSU can not be substituted for alternative nails.
3. Characteristic Loads have been calculated in accordance with Euro Code 5.
Connector Nails (CE marked in accordance with ETA-04/0013)
Simpson Strong-Tie ® also offers enhanced nails, which provide increased performance when
used in conjunction with the relevant products listed within our design literature.
Size (mm) and Description
CNA4,0 x 35 Connector Nail
(Electroplated)
CNA4,0 x 50 Connector Nail
(Electroplated)
CNA4,0 x 60 Connector Nail
(Electroplated)
CNA4,0 x 100 Connector Nail
(Electroplated)
Timber
Grade
C24
Characteristic Values (1) (N)
Lateral F lat,Rk
Axial F ax,Rk
1.70 0.61
2.22 0.98
2.36 1.23
2.49 1.43
Steel Thickness Adjustment Factors for Connector Nails
Steel Thickness
Load Direction
0.9 - 1.2 1.5 - 2.5
Lateral 1.00 1.00
Axial 1.00 0.98
Timber Adjustment Factors for Connector Nails
Timber Grade
Load Direction
C16 C24 C27 C30/GL24 SCL (2)
Lateral 0.90 1.00 1.05 1.06 1.26
Axial 0.86 1.00 1.07 1.10 1.42
1. Values are based upon a metal thickness of 1.2mm.
2. SCL = Structural Composite Lumber, with a characteristic density of 480 kg/m 3 .
15

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Fasteners: SDW Structural Wood Screw
The Strong-Drive ® SDW screw has an outer diameter of
8.0mm. It is a high-strength structural wood screw specifically
designed for fastening multi-ply wood members together such
as plated trusses, engineered timber products and solid-sawn
timber.
The SDW installs easily with no pre-drilling and is available in optimized
lengths for fastening 2, 3 and 4-ply trusses or 45mm engineered timber such
as Laminated Veneer Lumber (LVL). The SDW enables single-side fastening,
while still allowing concurrent loading on both sides of the assembly to the full
allowable head or point-side load of the fastener.
TL
L
T40 Bit
• Low-profile head for reduced interference during handling or installation of
hardware on the assembly.
• High shear values enable wider screw spacing.
• Bold thread design firmly clinches plies together to close gaps in multi-ply
assemblies.
• Optimal screw lengths provide maximum point side penetration.
• Screw size stampled on head to enable identification when installed.
SDW Multi-Ply
Truss Installation
Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel
Finish: Black E-coat
Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience
performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, the SDW
wood screws should only be used in dry, interior and non-corrosive environments
e.g. Service class 1 & 2.
SDW Multi-Ply
Engineered Timber
Installation
Installation:
• SDW screws install best with a low-speed drill and a T40 6-lobe bit (bit
included with every box of screws).
• Pre-drilling is typically not required. SDW screws may be installed through
metal truss plates as approved by the truss designer.
• Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is slightly embedded into the
top surface of the timber. To ensure correct performance, do not under or
over-drive the fastener.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflicts
with other hardware or to avoid timber defects.
Product Range (dimensions are mm)
Product Performance (CE marked in accordance with EN 14592)
Item Code
Screw
Length (L)
Thread
Length (TL)
SDW22258 67 34
SDW22300 76 37
SDW22338 86 40
SDW22438 111 37
SDW22458 117 37
SDW22500 127 40
SDW22600 152 37
SDW22638 162 37
SDW22634 172 40
Shank
Diameter
Thread
Diameter
5.6 8.0
1. Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear timber-to-timber connections.
2. Equal plies assumed.
3. Calculations are based on timbers having a characteristic density of 350kg/m 3 (C24)
4. Screws are installed from one side only.
5. Long Term Loads are in accordance with BS5268-2.
6. Characteristic Loads have been calculated in accordance with Eurocode 5.
Timber Adjustment Factors: Long Term Shear
Timber
Plys
item
Code
Long Term Lateral
Load (N)
Characteristic
Lateral Load
F lat, Rk (N)
2 x 35mm SDW22258 830 2680
2 x 38mm SDW22300 930 2965
2 x 45 mm SDW22338 960 3410
2 x 75mm SDW22500 960 3840
2 x 89mm SDW22634 960 4570
3 x 38mm SDW22438 950 3230
3 x 45mm SDW22500 960 3370
4 x 38mm SDW22600 960 3440
4 x 45mm SDW22634 960 3340
Timber Adjustment Factors: F lat,Rk (N)
C16 C24 C27 C30/GL24 SCL C16 C24 C27 C30/GL24 SCL
0.88 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.16 0.89 1.00 1.03 1.05 1.21
16

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Fasteners: Dowels, Bolts, Nuts, Washers
Dowels
Material:
S235JR - A80=16% as per EN 10025-2
Finish:
Electroplated zinc Fe/Zn12c as per EN1995-1-1 and ISO2081
Bolts
Material:
Grade 8.8 in accordance with EN ISO4014 or EN ISO 4017
Finish:
Hot dip galvanised as per EN1995-1-1 and EN ISO 1461
Dowel
Item Code
Diameter
(mm)
Length
(mm)
Characteristic Yield
Moment (kNmm)
Bolt
Item Code
Diameter
(mm)
Length
(mm)
STD8X60-B 8 60
STD8X80-B 8 80
STD8X100-B 8 100
STD8X120-B 8 120
STD10X60-B 10 60
STD10X80-B 10 80
STD10X100-B 10 100
STD10X120-B 10 120
STD10X140-B 10 140
STD12X60-B 12 60
STD12X80-B 12 80
STD12X100-B 12 100
STD12X120-B 12 120
STD12X140-B 12 140
STD12X160-B 12 160
STD12X180-B 12 180
STD12X200-B 12 200
STD16X120-B 16 120
STD16X140-B 16 140
STD16X160-B 16 160
STD16X180-B 16 180
STD16X200-B 16 200
STD20X120-B 20 120
STD20X140-B 20 140
STD20X160-B 20 160
STD20X180-B 20 180
STD20X200-B 20 200
24
42
69
145
260
M12X80 12 80
M12X100 12 100
M12X120 12 120
M12X140 12 140
M12X160 12 160
M12X180 12 180
M12X200 12 200
M12X220 12 220
M12X240 12 240
M12X250 12 250
M16X120 16 120
M16X140 16 140
M16X160 16 160
M16X180 16 180
M16X200 16 200
M16X220 16 220
M16X240 16 240
M16X250 16 250
M20X120 20 120
M20X140 20 140
M20X160 20 160
M20X180 20 180
M20X200 20 200
M20X220 20 220
M20X240 20 240
M20X250 20 250
Hexagonal Nuts
Material:
Grade 8 in accordance with EN ISO 4032 or EN ISO 780
Washers
Material:
In accordance with EN1995-1-1
Hex Nut
Item Code
Description
Item Code
Botl Dia.
(mm)
Outside Dia.
(mm)
Inside Dia.
(mm)
Thickness
(mm)
M12 NUT
M16 NUT
M20 NUT
Hex Nut: M12
Hex Nut: M16
Hex Nut: M20
WASHER36/13/3.6 12 36 13 3.6
WASHER48/17/4.8 16 48 17 4.8
WASHER60/21/6 20 60 21 6.0
17

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
SFH/SFWH Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers
The SFH Safety Fast Hangers are an innovative range of
products that have been designed to support timber joists,
beams and trussed rafters from masonry walls without the
need for masonry above the top flange.
• Requires no masonry above the top flange to achieve the published
performance values.
• Improved vertical and lateral load distribution.
• Mini Strap simply hooks onto the hanger.
• Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next lift of masonry.
• Reduces Health & Safety risks associated with the use of the traditional
masonry hangers with no masonry above.
• Eliminates the need for propping.
• Mini Strap provides lateral restraint capacity in accordance with NHBC
guidelines.
• Allows for retrofit of lateral restraint straps.
Material:
100
SFH
SFH: 2.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
SFWH: 2.5mm mild steel
Mini Strap - 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Finish: SFWH: Hot-dip galvanised.
PATENT NOS.
GB2316103, GB2354267
GB2390380
EP1200684
Installation:
• Use all specified nails.
• Build masonry to required level, ensuring any coursing bricks or blocks are at
least one course below the supporting block, and leave to cure.
• Place the Safety Fast Restraint Hanger over the inner leaf of blockwork,
ensuring the bearing plate is fully located onto the top of the masonry, sitting
tight against the front face and top of the blockwork.
• Sit the floor joists into the masonry hanger and ensure all joists are
correctly installed. The joists should be tight into the back of the hanger where
possible. The maximum gap between the back of the hanger and the end of
the joist is 6mm.
• Clip the Safety Fast Mini Strap onto the restraining hooks on the side of the
hanger and nail to the side face of the joist with three No. 3.75x30mm square
twist nails. INSTALL ONLY ONE STRAP PER HANGER.
General Installation Notes
• The floor decking may be stored on the joists provided the load is uniformly
distributed between the several joists and does not exceed the hanger or
joist capacities. Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier for joist capacity and
maximum construction loads.
• The floor decking must be securely attached to each joist before additional
loads can be placed on the system.
• Floor decking and blockwork is to be cut where necessary to fit around the
upstand stiffeners.
• Pallets of blocks or other construction materials should be placed onto the
scaffolding and NOT directly onto the floor. The materials can then be evenly
distributed around the floor manually, ensuring hanger or joist capacities are
not exceeded.
100
PATENT NOS.
GB2354267, GB2390380
EP1200684
SFWH
Mini Strap (included with Safety Fast Hanger)
18

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
SFH/SFWH Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers
Typical SFH Installation
Typical SFWH Installation
SFH/SFWH Hanger Loads
Joist Fasteners
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Characteristic Capacity
(kN)
Model No.
Joist Width
Block Strength
Block Strength
SFH
SFWH
Hanger MiniStrap 2.8N/mm 2
Qty Nail Qty Nail
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm 2
Solid LAC
7N/mm 2
Solid DAC
3.5N/mm 2
Solid LAC
7N/mm 2
Solid DAC
< 61mm
5.34 6.67 6.67 13.34 13.34
2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
> 66mm 9.98 12.47 12.47 17.47 17.47
< 61mm
7.44 9.30 9.30 18.59 18.59
2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
> 66mm 11.58 14.47 14.47 28.94 28.94
1. Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology Ltd and are determined in accordance with EN 845 and BS6178.
2. Stated loads are achieved without masonry above the top flange.
3. The block thickness must be the same as the top plate width.
4. The lateral capacity when installed with the FMS ministrap, exceeds that provided by traditional staps placed at 2m centres.
5. 3.75 x 30 refers to a square twist nail (not supplied with hanger).
SFH Hangers
SFWH Hangers
Joist Size
Model No.
Hanger Dimension (mm)
Joist Size
Model No.
Hanger Dimension (mm)
Width Height Width (W) Height (H)
Width Height Width (W) Height (H)
38
50
75
2 Ply 50
or
100
150 SFH150/40/100 40 140
225 SFH225/40/100 40 215
150 SFH150/50/100 50 140
175 SFH175/50/100 50 165
200 SFH200/50/100 50 190
225 SFH225/50/100 50 215
250 SFH250/50/100 50 240
175 SFH175/75/100 75 165
200 SFH200/75/100 75 190
225 SFH225/75/100 75 215
175 SFH175/100/100 100 165
200 SFH200/100/100 100 190
225 SFH225/100/100 100 215
35 225 SFWH225/38/100 38 215
225 SFWH225/40/100 40 215
38
250 SFWH250/40/100 40 240
150 SFWH150/50/100 50 140
175 SFWH175/50/100 50 165
50 200 SFWH200/50/100 50 190
225 SFWH225/50/100 50 215
250 SFWH250/50/100 50 240
75 225 SFWH225/75/100 75 215
100 225 SFWH225/100/100 100 215
19

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
SFLH Safety Fast Lite Hanger
The SFLH is an innovative single piece hanger designed to support timber joists
from masonry walls without the need for masonry above the course of blockwork
supporting the hanger.
The SFLH has been designed to assist in meeting
the air leakage requirements as part of the
Code for Sustainable Homes. Since the joist is
supported by a hanger and does not penetrate the
inner leaf of blockwork, the potential for air leakage
is reduced and avoids the time consuming and
costly mortaring and sealing with mastic around
built in joist ends.
This hanger allows construction work to continue
safely just 3 days after the supporting blockwork
has been laid - as opposed to 28 days in the case
of traditional masonry hangers.
NEW!
100mm
The SFLH is CE marked, meeting
the requirements EN 845-1.
Patent No. EP2064395
H
W
75mm
SFLH joist hanger used in conjunction with FMS strap.
SFLH joist hanger used in conjunction with FMSC strap.
Features and Benefits
• Avoids joist penetrating blockwork, minimising air
leakage.
• Achieves published performance values with no
masonry above the supporting course of blockwork.
• Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the
next lift of masonry.
• Reduces health & safety risks associated with the
use of traditional masonry hangers with no masonry
courses above them.
• Eliminates the need for propping to support the joist.
• Web stiffeners are not required with joists to achieve
published performance values.
• Use FMS strap range with every hanger spaced up to
600mm centres to provide lateral restraint of the floor
joist in accordance with EN845-1.
• CE Approved: meets the requirements of EN845-1
and tested in accordance with EN 846-8.
• Material: Z600 zinc coated steel in accordance with
EN10346:2009.
20

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
SFLH Safety Fast Lite Hanger
1 2 3 4
Step 1: Build masonry to the
required level, ensuring any
coursing bricks or blocks are
at least one course below the
supporting block.
Leave the masonry to cure for
at least three days.
Step 2: Place the Safety Fast
Lite Masonry Hanger for solid
joists (SFLH) over the inner leaf
of the blockwork, ensuring the
top flanges are fully bearing
onto the top of the supporting
blockwork and are also tight
against the front face of the
blockwork.
Step 3: Install the floor joist
into the SFLH, ensuring the gap
between the end of the joist and
the blockwork is a maximum
of 6mm.
Install the specified joist nails
(see table below).
Step 4: Install the appropriate
restraint strap (see note 1 at
bottom of page), ensuring the
strap is tight against the back
face of the blockwork/hanger
return and the side of the floor
joist. Fix with fasteners as
specified in the table below.
SFLH - Safety Fast Lite Masonry Hanger for Solid Joist Performance Data
Size Range
Joist Fastener Qty
3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nail
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Block Strength
Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Block Strength
Height (mm) Width (mm) Hanger FMS (1) Strap 2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm 2
Solid AAC
7.0N/mm 2
Solid DAC
2.8N/mm 2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm 2
Solid AAC
7.0N/mm 2
Solid DAC
100 - 400 38 -100 2 3 3.9 4.5 4.5 6.8 7.9 7.9
Please note:
1. Appropriate variant from FMS strap range, depending on connection detail - refer to FMS content on page 126.
2. Performance values are with NO masonry above supporting blockwork.
21

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
SFLH Safety Fast Lite Hanger
SFLH Hanger Sizes
Joist Size
Hanger Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Width Height Height (H) Width (W)
100 SFLH100/38 100
125 SFLH125/38 125
150 SFLH150/38 140
Joist Size
Hanger Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Width Height Height (H) Width (W)
100 SFLH100/91 100
125 SFLH125/91 125
150 SFLH150/91 140
35
175 SFLH175/38 165
200 SFLH200/38 190
38
2 Ply 45
or 91
175 SFLH175/91 165
200 SFLH200/91 190
91
225 SFLH225/38 215
225 SFLH225/91 215
250 SFLH250/38 240
250 SFLH250/91 240
300 SFLH300/38 290
300 SFLH300/91 290
100 SFLH100/47 100
100 SFLH100/100 100
125 SFLH125/47 125
125 SFLH125/100 125
150 SFLH150/47 140
150 SFLH150/100 140
45
175 SFLH175/47 165
200 SFLH200/47 190
47
2 Ply 50
or 97
or 100
175 SFLH175/100 165
200 SFLH200/100 190
100
225 SFLH225/47 215
225 SFLH225/100 215
250 SFLH250/47 240
250 SFLH250/100 240
300 SFLH300/47 290
300 SFLH300/100 290
100 SFLH100/50 100
125 SFLH125/50 125
150 SFLH150/50 140
50
175 SFLH175/50 165
200 SFLH200/50 190
50
225 SFLH225/50 215
250 SFLH250/50 240
300 SFLH300/50 290
100 SFLH100/63 100
125 SFLH125/63 125
150 SFLH150/63 140
63
175 SFLH175/63 165
200 SFLH200/63 190
63
225 SFLH225/63 215
250 SFLH250/63 240
300 SFLH300/63 290
100 SFLH100/75 100
125 SFLH125/75 125
150 SFLH150/75 140
75
175 SFLH175/75 165
200 SFLH200/75 190
75
225 SFLH225/75 215
250 SFLH250/75 240
300 SFLH300/75 290
22

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
SFLH Safety Fast Lite Hanger
For example, total number of blocks per pair of joists (4 hangers) @ 600 c/c:
• 2.8N/mm 2 AAC = 24
• 3.5N/mm 2 AAC = 20
• 7.0N/mm 2 DAC = 16
Note: I-Joist shown above for ilustration purposes, SFLH is compatible with solid sawn joists.
About working on the floor prior to the next lift of masonry:
1. The floor decking may be stored on the joists provided the load is
uniformly distributed among several joists and does not exceed the
hanger or joist capacities. Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier for
joist capacity and maximum construction loads.
2. The floor decking must be securely attached to each joist before
additional loads can be placed on the system.
3. Pallets of blocks or other construction material should be placed
onto the scaffolding and not directly onto the floor. The materials can
then be evenly distributed around the floor manually, ensuring the
hanger or joist capacities are not exceeded.
23

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap
The SFJC is an innovative product which enables a
safe, practical and robust solution that satisfies the
requirements of ‘Approved Document B & L’ of the
Building Regulations.
The SFJC is designed to be used where timber joists are built into a
masonry external wall and eliminates the air leakage problems associated
with shrinkage of timber joists. It also provides resistance to fire for up to
60 minutes when gaps are filled in with mineral wool.
• SFJC305/50, SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100 models accomodate a
large range of joists types and sizes.
• SFJC225/50 specifically designed for 50mm solid sawn joists up to
225mm deep.
• Air leakage around the joist end is eliminated.
• Wide face flanges provide an air tight seal.
Material: Black Polypropylene.
The SFJC does not provide any lateral stability to the joists during
construction phase. It is therefore necessary to install temporary bracing
in accordance with the joist manufacturers instructions and/or standard
construction practice, to ensure temporary stability of the floor joists.
• Place floor joist onto wall and adjust to ensure correct bearing at each
end.
SFJC225/50: SOLID SAWN JOISTS
SFJC
PATENT GB2392928, GB2393459
Typical SFJC225/50 Installation
• Solid sawn joists up to 50mm wide and 225mm high can be installed directly
into the SFJC225/50.
SFJC305/50 SOLID SAWN JOISTS
• Solid sawn joists up to 50mm wide and 300mm high can be installed directly
into the SFJC305/50. For narrower joist widths use the wedge cut outs to
pack the joist.
SFJC305/100 & SFJC225/100: SOLID SAWN JOISTS
• Steel joist plates slides into the slots within the SFJC and are fixed to the top
and bottom of the floor joists.
• Nail in place with 2 No 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails per plate.
Typical SFJC305/100 Installation
• Install horizontal restraint straps at maximum 2m centres
• Nail to the timber joists with 8 No 3.75 x 30 square twist nails.
• Build up masonry between SFJC and continue with wall construction.
• Ensure all joints between the masonry and SFJC are fully filled with mortar.
• With the SFJC305/50 check the tightness of the wedges once wall is completed.
• If necessary, hammer wedges in tight.
• Also if necessary, fill the void around the joist with mineral wool or expanding foam.
Model No.
Dimensions (mm)
Solid Sawn Joist Sizes
(mm)
Typical SFJC305/50 Installation
Width Height Width Height
SFJC225/50 50 225 50
SFJC225/100 100 225 100
SFJC305/50 50 305 up to 50
SFJC305/100 100 305 up to 100
up to 225
up to 302
1. 2 No. SFJC Wedges supplied with each SFJC305/50.
2. 2 No. Steel Joist Plates supplied with each SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100.
24

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
JHM/HJHM Masonry Supported Joist Hangers
JHMs and HJHMs are one piece non-welded joist hangers
for supporting timber joists, beams and trussed rafters from
masonry walls.
JHM
• Built-in inspection slot at the base of the hanger to aid inspection from the
ground.
• HJHM: Heavy duty masonry hanger for higher load carrying capacity.
• Top flange provides widest area in contact with masonry support allowing
superior performance. Embossments on JHM stiffen top flange and holes allow
improved mortar keying.
• JHM side flange on deeper hangers is much higher than traditional style,
providing greatly enhanced resistance to joist rotation.
• Regularised Timber: we have added new sizes to our JHM range to suit
regularised timber. Use 47mm or 91mm width hangers for this new application.
Material:
JHM and HJHM: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12).
• Set hanger back flange tight against block wall when built to desired level, then
continue with additional courses to complete wall height. Joist should be tight
into back of hanger when possible. Maximum gap permitted is 6mm.
• MINIMUM 3 COURSES OF SOLID BLOCK (675MM MASONRY) REQUIRED
ABOVE HANGER WITH MORTAR FULLY CURED BEFORE APPLYING LOAD.
• Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists during construction unless the
joists have additional support to take the full load of the blocks vertically and
horizontally.
• The JHM joists hangers can be fixed to steel beams by means of power
actuated fasteners.
• The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in accordance with
the manufacturer’s installation requirements.
HJHM
Options
• Return configuration provides additional support by wrapping around three
sides of the block. Designate “return” and length of return dimensions when
ordering.
• RETURN HANGERS DO NOT SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS FOR LATERAL
RESTRAINT TYPE HANGERS.
• Straddle configuration provides two hangers connected across top of support
enabling exact alignment on both sides of supporting wall. Designate “straddle”
and length of straddle dimensions when ordering.
JHM Shot Fired to a Steel Girder
Model No.
Steel Support
Fasteners
Joist Nails
Safe Working
Load (kN)
JHM Shot-fired to steel
JHM 4 - Shot Fired Pins 4 - 3.75 x 30mm 5.17
1. The above Safe Working Loads are based upon product tests using four No. Hilti 12mm X-EDNI steel
pins fired through holes provided in the top flange of the hangers onto 4mm thick steel plate. Other
pins may be used provided similar structural performance in verified by the pin manufacturer.
2. Pin Head size must be sufficient to prevent pull through during loading.
3. The designer must ensure that the steel support member will support the imposed loads.
4. Install shot-fired pins in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
25

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
JHM/HJHM Masonry Supported Joist Hangers
JHM HANGERS FOR TIMBER AND TRUSS
HJHM HANGERS FOR TIMBER AND TRUSS
Joist Size
Model No.
Hanger Dimension (mm)
Joist Size
Model No.
Hanger Dimension (mm)
Width Height Width (W)
35
47
50
63
2ply 35 or 75
2ply 44 or 91
2ply 50
or 100
Height
(H)
100 JHM100/38 38 100
125 JHM125/38 38 125
150 JHM150/38 38 140
175 JHM175/38 38 165
200 JHM200/38 38 190
225 JHM225/38 38 215
250 JHM250/38 38 240
100 JHM100/47 47 100
125 JHM125/47 47 125
150 JHM150/47 47 140
175 JHM175/47 47 165
200 JHM200/47 47 190
225 JHM225/47 47 215
250 JHM250/47 47 240
100 JHM100/50 50 100
125 JHM125/50 50 125
150 JHM150/50 50 140
175 JHM175/50 50 165
200 JHM200/50 50 190
225 JHM225/50 50 215
250 JHM250/50 50 240
125 JHM125/63 63 125
150 JHM150/63 63 140
175 JHM175/63 63 165
200 JHM200/63 63 190
225 JHM225/63 63 215
250 JHM250/63 63 240
100 JHM100/75 75 100
125 JHM125/75 75 125
150 JHM150/75 75 140
175 JHM175/75 75 165
200 JHM200/75 75 190
225 JHM225/75 75 215
250 JHM250/75 75 240
100 JHM100/91 91 100
125 JHM125/91 91 125
150 JHM150/91 91 140
175 JHM175/91 91 165
200 JHM200/91 91 190
225 JHM225/91 91 215
250 JHM250/91 91 240
100 JHM100/100 100 100
125 JHM125/100 100 125
150 JHM150/100 100 140
175 JHM175/100 100 165
200 JHM200/100 100 190
225 JHM225/100 100 215
250 JHM250/100 100 240
Width Height Width (W)
2ply 35 or 75
2ply 50 or 100
2ply 63
3ply 50 or 2ply
75
Height
(H)
150 HJHM150/75 75 140
175 HJHM175/75 75 165
200 HJHM200/75 75 190
225 HJHM225/75 75 215
250 HJHM250/75 75 240
300 HJHM300/75 75 290
150 HJHM150/100 100 140
175 HJHM175/100 100 165
200 HJHM200/100 100 190
225 HJHM225/100 100 215
250 HJHM250/100 100 240
300 HJHM300/100 100 290
150 HJHM150/125 125 140
200 HJHM200/125 125 190
225 HJHM225/125 125 215
250 HJHM250/125 125 240
150 HJHM150/150 150 140
200 HJHM200/150 150 190
225 HJHM225/150 150 215
250 HJHM250/150 150 240
3ply 63 225 HJHM225/190 190 215
4ply 50 or 2ply
100
150 HJHM150/200 200 140
200 HJHM200/200 200 190
225 HJHM225/200 200 215
250 HJHM250/200 200 240
3ply 75 225 HJHM225/225 225 215
26

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
JHM/HJHM Masonry Supported Joist Hangers
Typical JHM Installation JHMS Straddle Configuration JHMR Return Configuration
JHM HANGERS - LOADS
Model
Joist Fasteners
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Block Strength
Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Block Strength
Qty
Nail
2.8N/mm 2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm 2
Solid LAC
7N/mm 2
Solid DAC
2.8N/mm 2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm 2
Solid LAC
7N/mm 2
Solid DAC
JHM (1)(2) 2 3.75x30mm 5.29 6.48 9.37 10.59 12.97 13.98
1. Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology and are determined in accordance with EN 845.
2. Loads apply to masonry blocks with a minimum compressive strength as indicated.
3. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange depth (as shown in relevant illustrations).
4. For straddle hangers the minimum S dimension is 100mm.
5. 3.75 x 30mm refers to a square twist nail (not supplied with hanger).
HJHM HANGERS - LOADS
Size Range
(mm)
Joist Fasteners
Width Height Qty Nail
2.8N/mm 2
Solid AAC
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Block Strength
3.5N/mm 2
Solid LAC
7N/mm 2
Solid DAC
2.8N/mm 2
Solid AAC
Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Block Strength
3.5N/mm 2
Solid LAC
7N/mm 2
Solid DAC
40 - 74 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30mm 8.01 8.01 15.00 16.02 16.02 30.01
75 - 200 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30mm 14.84 14.84 15.00 29.67 29.67 30.01
91 - 200 140 - 400 8 4.00 x 90mm 14.84 14.84 20.88 29.67 29.67 41.76
201 - 300 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30mm 8.15 8.15 16.67 15.11 15.11 33.34
1. Test conducted by CERAM Building Technology in accordance with EN846-4 and evaluated in accordance with EN845-1.
2. 3.75 x 30mm refers to square twist nails.
3. Loads apply to solid block with minimum compressive strengths indicated. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange length, as
shown in the illustrations above. For straddle hangers the minimum S dimension is 100mm to achieve published loads, except for HJHM hangers which must be
twice the top flange length of a single hanger.
SKEWED JHM HANGERS - LOADS
Model
Qty
Joist Fasteners
Nail
2.8N/mm 2
Solid AAC
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Block Strength
3.5N/mm 2
Solid LAC
7N/mm 2
Solid DAC
1. Maximum width 61mm.
2. Maximum skew 45°.
JHM 4 3.75x30mm 5.05 5.17 5.17
27

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
ICF Insulated Concrete Form Hanger
The ICFLC and ICFVL-CW ledger connector system is engineered to solve the challenges of
mounting steel or wood ledgers on insulated concrete walls.
The ledger connector system is easy, quick and versatile to use. The perforations in the embedded leg of the ICFLC permit the
concrete to flow around it, anchoring the ICFLC securely within the block. The exposed flange provides a structural surface for
mounting either a wood or a steel ledger.
25.4
150
57
178
264
182
75
46
Measurements are in mm.
ICFVL-CW
1
Attach interior partition walls
with suitable drill point screws
into ICFLC where needed.
3
Use ICFVL-CW for solid sawn timber.
2
Use ICFLC to attach ledger to ICF.
4
Use IUSE hanger for I-joist floor system.
1
4
2
3
28

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
ICF Insulated Concrete Form Hanger
General Notes
1. Spacings shown apply to vertical loads only.
2. No load duration increase is allowed.
3. Minimum concrete grade C20/25.
4. Tables shown below address spacing requirements for forms
up to 67mm thick. For forms 70mm thick, the allowable
download is 7.3kN. Spacing shall be determined by the project
design professional.
5. Do not splice ledger at ICFLC location.
WARNING: Industry studies show that
hardened fasteners can experience
performance problems in wet
environments. Accordingly, use this
product in dry, interior applications only.
Max. 70mm
Typical Wood Ledger Installation with ICFLC and ICFVL-CW.
SOLID SAWN WOOD LEDGER - ICFLC with ICFVL-CW
Download per ICF connector
(kN)
Maximum
Connector Spacing
8.5 1200
1. Use 8 No. D3 screws (provided).
2. Loads assume a minimum C16 ledger.
STEEL LEDGER - ICFLC 67mm
Download per ICF connector
(kN)
Ledger Thickness (mm)
Connector Spacing
8.5 1.6 350
STEEL LEDGER - ICFLC 70mm
Requires 3 screws
at each location.
Table provides
centre spacing.
Download per ICF connector
(kN)
Ledger Thickness (mm)
Connector Spacing
7.8 1.6 350
1. Minimum steel ledger specification is A-653 SS Grade 50.
2. Use three 1/4-14x3/4”, #3 drill point screws (not provided).
3. Minimum screw shear capacity is 3.3kN.
Typical Steel Ledger Installation with ICFLC
(minimum 1.6mm steel ledger).
29

Masonry Hangers for I-joist & Metal Web
JHMI/HJHMI Masonry Supported I-Joist Hangers
JHMI and HJHMI are one piece non-welded joist hangers
for supporting timber joists, beams and trussed rafters from
masonry walls.
JHMI
• Built-in inspection slot at the base of the hanger to aid inspection from
the ground.
• HJHMI: Heavy duty masonry hanger for higher load carrying capacity.
• Top flange provides widest area in contact with masonry support
allowing superior performance. Embossments on JHMI stiffen top
flange and holes allow improved mortar keying.
• Side flange is much higher than traditional style, providing greatly
enhanced resistance to joist rotation.
Material:
JHMI and HJHMI: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12).
• Set hanger back flange tight against block wall when built to desired
level, then continue with additional courses to complete wall height.
Joist should be tight into back of hanger when possible. Maximum gap
permitted is 6mm.
• Minimum 3 courses of solid block (675mm masonry) required
above hanger with mortar fully cured before applying load.
• JHMI hangers have two PAN or obround nail holes located so that
nails can be driven at an angle into the lower chord of an I-joist. Web
stiffeners may be required by the I-joist manufacturer.
• Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists during construction
unless the joists have additional support to take the full load of the
blocks vertically and horizontally.
• JHMI range of joists hangers can be fixed to steel beams by means of
powder actuated fasteners.
• The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in
accordance with the manufacturer’s installation requirements.
HJHMI
Options
• Return configuration provides additional support by wrapping around
three sides of the block. Designate “return” and length of return
dimensions when ordering.
• Return hangers do not satisfy the requirements for lateral restraint type
hangers.
• Straddle configuration provides two hangers connected across top
of support enabling exact alignment on both sides of supporting wall.
JHMI Shot-fired to steel
JHMI Shot Fired to a Steel Girder
Model No.
Steel Support
Fasteners
Joist Nails
Safe Working
Load (kN)
JHMI 4 - Shot Fired Pins 2 - 3.75 x 30mm 5.17
1. The above Safe Working Loads are based upon product tests using four No. Hilti 12mm X-EDNI steel
pins fired through holes provided in the top flange of the hangers onto 4mm thick steel plate. Other
pins may be used provided similar structural performance in verified by the pin manufacturer. Pin Head
size must be sufficient to prevent pull through during loading.
2. The designer must ensure that the steel support member will support the imposed loads.
3. Install shot-fired pins in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
30

Masonry Hangers for I-joist & Metal Web
JHMI/HJHMI Masonry Supported I-Joist Hangers
Typical JHMI Installation JHMIS Straddle Configuration JHMIR Return Configuration
JHMI HANGERS FOR ENGINEERED WOOD SIZES - LOADS
Model
Joist Fasteners
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Block Strength
Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Block Strength
Qty
Nail
2.8N/mm 2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm 2
Solid LAC
7N/mm 2
Solid DAC
2.8N/mm 2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm 2
Solid LAC
7N/mm 2
Solid DAC
JHMI 2 3.75x30 5.29 6.48 9.37 10.59 12.97 13.98
1. Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology and are determined in accordance with and EN 845.
2. Loads apply to masonry blocks with a minimum compressive strength as indicated.
3. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange depth (as shown in relevant illustrations).
4. For straddle hangers the minimum S dimension is 100mm.
5. 3.75 x 30mm refers to a square twist nail (not supplied with hanger).
HJHMI HANGERS FOR ENGINEERED WOOD SIZES - LOADS
Size Range
(mm)
Joist Fasteners
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Block Strength
Block Strength
Width
Height
Qty
Nail
2.8N/mm 2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm 2
Solid LAC
7N/mm 2
Solid DAC
2.8N/mm 2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm 2
Solid LAC
7N/mm 2
Solid DAC
40 - 74 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30mm 8.01 8.01 15.00 16.02 16.02 30.01
75 - 200 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30mm 14.84 14.84 15.00 29.67 29.67 30.01
91 - 200 140 - 400 8 4.00 x 90mm 14.84 14.84 20.88 29.67 29.67 41.76
201 - 300 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30mm 8.15 8.15 16.67 15.11 15.11 33.34
1. Test conducted by CERAM Building Technology in accordance with EN846-4 and evaluated in accordance with EN845-1.
2. 3.75 x 30mm refers to square twist nails.
3. Loads apply to solid block with minimum compressive strengths indicated. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange length, as
shown in the illustrations above. For straddle hangers the minimum S dimension is 100mm to achieve published loads, except for HJHM hangers which must
be twice the top flange length of a single hanger.
4. Shading Indicates installation requires web stiffeners when used to support I-joists.
SKEWED JHMI HANGERS - LOADS
Model
Qty
Joist Fasteners
Nail
2.8N/mm 2
Solid AAC
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Block Strength
3.5N/mm 2
Solid LAC
7N/mm 2
Solid DAC
JHMI (1)(2) 4 3.75x30mm 5.05 5.17 5.17
1. Maximum width: 61mm
2. Maximum skew 45 o
Continued On Next Page.
31

Masonry Hangers for I-joist & Metal Web
JHMI/HJHMI Masonry Supported I-Joist Hangers
JHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood
Joist Size
Hanger Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Width Height Width (W) Height (H)
HJHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood
Hanger
Joist Size
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Width Height Width (W) Height (H)
Hanger
Joist Size
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Width Height Width (W) Height (H)
38
45
47
51
58 or 60
63
68
70
72
2ply 38
2ply 45
or 89
2ply 47
97
114 JHMI114/40 40 114
140 JHMI140/40 40 140
184 JHMI184/40 40 184
195 JHMI195/40 40 195
220 JHMI225/40 40 225
240 JHMI240/40 40 240
300 JHMI300/40 40 300
350 JHMI350/40 40 350
145 JHMI145/47 47 145
184 JHMI184/47 47 184
195 JHMI195/47 47 195
200 JHMI200/47 47 200
220 JHMI225/47 47 225
240 JHMI240/47 47 240
300 JHMI300/47 47 300
350 JHMI350/47 47 350
400 JHMI400/47 47 400
145 JHMI145/50 50 145
195 JHMI195/50 50 195
225 JHMI225/50 50 225
235 JHMI235/50 50 235
240 JHMI240/50 50 240
245 JHMI245/50 50 245
300 JHMI300/50 50 300
350 JHMI350/50 50 350
400 JHMI400/50 50 400
225 JHMI225/53 53 225
240 JHMI240/53 53 240
300 JHMI300/53 53 300
350 JHMI350/53 53 350
400 JHMI400/53 53 400
195 JHMI195/61 61 195
200 JHMI200/61 61 200
220 JHMI225/61 61 225
235 JHMI235/61 61 235
240 JHMI240/61 61 240
245 JHMI245/61 61 245
300 JHMI300/61 61 300
350 JHMI350/61 61 350
400 JHMI400/61 61 400
195 JHMI195/66 66 195
220-225 JHMI225/66 66 225
235 JHMI235/66 66 235
240 JHMI240/66 66 240
245 JHMI245/66 66 245
300 JHMI300/66 66 300
350 JHMI350/66 66 350
400 JHMI400/66 66 400
220 JHMI225/70 70 225
240 JHMI240/70 70 240
245 JHMI245/70 70 245
300 JHMI300/70 70 300
350 JHMI350/70 70 350
400 JHMI400/70 70 400
200 JHMI200/72 72 200
220 JHMI225/72 72 225
240 JHMI240/72 72 240
300 JHMI300/72 72 300
350 JHMI350/72 72 350
400 JHMI400/72 72 400
195 JHMI195/75 75 195
220 JHMI225/75 75 225
235 JHMI235/75 75 235
245 JHMI245/75 75 245
300 JHMI300/75 75 300
350 JHMI350/75 75 350
400 JHMI400/75 75 400
114 JHMI114/78 78 114
140 JHMI140/78 78 140
184 JHMI184/78 78 184
220 JHMI225/78 78 225
235 JHMI235/78 78 235
240 JHMI240/78 78 240
300 JHMI300/78 78 300
350 JHMI350/78 78 350
184 JHMI184/91 91 184
195 JHMI195/91 91 195
200 JHMI200/91 91 200
220 JHMI225/91 91 225
235 JHMI235/91 91 235
240 JHMI240/91 91 240
245 JHMI245/91 91 245
300 JHMI300/91 91 300
350 JHMI350/91 91 350
400 JHMI400/91 91 400
195 JHMI195/96 96 195
225 JHMI225/96 96 225
235 JHMI235/96 96 235
240 JHMI240/96 96 240
245 JHMI245/96 96 245
300 JHMI300/96 96 300
350 JHMI350/96 96 350
400 JHMI400/96 96 400
195 JHMI195/100 100 195
220 JHMI225/100 100 225
245 JHMI245/100 100 245
300 JHMI300/100 100 300
350 JHMI350/100 100 350
400 JHMI400/100 100 400
45
47
63
70
72
2ply 38
2ply
45
or 89
2ply 47
97
2ply 51
2ply
58 or 2ply 60
2ply 63
2ply 70
2ply 72
225 HJHMI225/47 47 225
240 HJHMI240/47 47 240
300 HJHMI300/47 47 300
350 HJHMI350/47 47 350
400 HJHMI400/47 47 400
225 HJHMI225/50 50 225
235 HJHMI235/50 50 235
240 HJHMI240/50 50 240
245 HJHMI245/50 50 245
300 HJHMI300/50 50 300
350 HJHMI350/50 50 350
400 HJHMI400/50 50 400
195 HJHMI195/66 66 195
225 HJHMI225/66 66 225
235 HJHMI235/66 66 235
245 HJHMI245/66 66 245
300 HJHMI300/66 66 300
350 HJHMI350/66 66 350
400 HJHMI400/66 66 400
200 HJHMI200/72 72 200
225 HJHMI225/72 72 225
240 HJHMI240/72 72 240
300 HJHMI300/72 72 300
350 HJHMI350/72 72 350
400 HJHMI400/72 72 400
195 HJHMI195/75 75 195
225 HJHMI225/75 75 225
235 HJHMI235/75 75 235
245 HJHMI245/75 75 245
300 HJHMI300/75 75 300
195 HJHMI195/78 78 195
220 HJHMI225/78 78 225
235 HJHMI235/78 78 235
240 HJHMI240/78 78 240
245 HJHMI245/78 78 245
300 HJHMI300/78 78 300
400 HJHMI400/78 78 400
145 HJHMI145/91 91 145
184 HJHMI184/91 91 184
195 HJHMI195/91 91 195
200 HJHMI200/91 91 200
220 HJHMI225/91 91 225
235 HJHMI235/91 91 235
240 HJHMI240/91 91 240
245 HJHMI245/91 91 245
300 HJHMI300/91 91 300
350 HJHMI350/91 91 350
400 HJHMI400/91 91 400
195 HJHMI195/96 96 195
220 HJHMI225/96 96 225
235 HJHMI235/96 96 235
240 HJHMI240/96 96 240
245 HJHMI245/96 96 245
300 HJHMI300/96 96 300
350 HJHMI350/96 96 350
400 HJHMI350/96 96 400
195 HJHMI195/96 85 195
220 HJHMI225/100 100 225
245 HJHMI245/100 100 245
300 HJHMI300/100 100 300
350 HJHMI350/100 100 350
400 HJHMI400/100 100 400
450 HJHMI450/100 100 450
240 HJHMI240/105 105 240
300 HJHMI300/105 105 300
350 HJHMI350/105 105 350
400 HJHMI400/105 105 400
195 HJHMI195/120 120 195
200 HJHMI200/120 120 200
220 HJHMI225/120 120 225
235 HJHMI235/120 120 235
240 HJHMI240/120 120 240
245 HJHMI245/120 120 245
300 HJHMI300/120 120 300
350 HJHMI350/120 120 350
400 HJHMI400/120 120 400
195 HJHMI195/129 129 195
220-225 HJHMI225/129 129 225
240 HJHMI240/129 129 240
300 HJHMI300/129 129 300
400 HJHMI400/129 129 400
225 HJHMI225/142 142 225
240 HJHMI240/142 142 240
300 HJHMI300/142 142 300
350 HJHMI350/142 142 350
400 HJHMI400/142 142 400
195 HJHMI195/146 146 195
220 HJHMI225/146 146 225
235 HJHMI235/146 146 235
245 HJHMI245/146 146 245
300 HJHMI300/146 146 300
350 HJHMI350/146 146 350
400 HJHMI400/146 146 400
4ply
45
or 2ply
90
or 1ply 178
2ply 90
2ply 97
3ply 70
184 HJHMI184/180 180 184
195 HJHMI195/180 180 195
220 HJHMI225/180 180 225
220 HJHMI225/180 180 225
235 HJHMI235/180 180 235
240 HJHMI240/180 180 240
300 HJHMI300/180 180 300
350 HJHMI350/180 180 350
400 HJHMI400/180 180 400
220 HJHMI225/184 184 225
240 HJHMI240/184 184 240
300 HJHMI300/184 184 300
350 HJHMI350/184 184 350
400 HJHMI400/184 184 400
195 HJHMI195/196 196 195
220 HJHMI225/196 196 225
235 HJHMI235/196 196 235
245 HJHMI245/196 196 245
300 HJHMI300/196 196 300
350 HJHMI350/196 196 350
400 HJHMI400/196 196 400
450 HJHMI450/196 196 450
225 HJHMI225/212 212 225
240 HJHMI240/212 212 240
300 HJHMI300/212 212 300
350 HJHMI350/212 212 350
400 HJHMI400/212 212 400
32

Masonry Hangers for I-joist & Metal Web
SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap
The SFJC is an innovative and unique product which
enables a safe, practical and robust solution that
satisfies the requirements of ‘Approved Document B &
L’ of the Building Regulations.
The SFJC is designed to be used where timber joists are built into a
masonry external wall and eliminates the air leakage problems associated
with shrinkage of timber joists. It also provides resistance to fire for up to
60 minutes when gaps are filled in with mineral wool.
• SFJC305/50, SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100 models accomodate a
large range of joists types and sizes.
• Air leakage around the joist end is eliminated.
• Wide face flanges provide an air tight seal.
Material: Black Polypropylene.
The SFJC does not provide any lateral stability to the joists during construction
phase. It is therefore necessary to install temporary bracing in
accordance with the joist manufacturers instructions and/or standard
construction practice, to ensure temporary stability of the floor joists.
• Place the I-joist onto wall and adjust to ensure correct bearing at each
end.
• Lift the floor joist and install SFJC over the end of the joist, ensuring
the SFJC face flanges are tight against the inner face on the masonry
SFJC305/50 & SFJC225/50: I-JOISTS
SFJC
PATENT GB2392928,
GB2393459
Typical SFJC305/100 Installation
• I-joists up to 50mm wide and 300mm high can be installed directly into the
SFJC. For narrower joist widths use the wedge cut outs to pack the joist.
• Tap wedges in to secure the joist into the SFJC.
• Partly drive a 3.75x30mm square twist nail into the bottom chord of the joist
in front of the wedge to secure them in place.
SFJC305/100 & SFJC225/100: I-JOISTS
• For use with double I-joists up to 100mm wide.
• Steel joist plates slides into the slots within the SFJC and are fixed to the top
and bottom of the floor joists.
• Nail in place with 2 No 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails per plate.
• Install horizontal restraint straps at maximum 2m centres
• Nail to the timber joists with 8 No 3.75 x 30 square twist nails.
• Build up masonry between SFJC and continue with wall construction.
• Ensure all joints between the masonry and SFJC are fully filled with mortar.
• With the SFJC305/50 check the tightness of the wedges once wall is completed.
• If necessary, hammer wedges in tight and adjust retaining nail.
• Also if necessary, fill the void around the joist with mineral wool or expanding foam.
Typical SFJC305/50 Installation
Model No.
SFJC
Dimensions (mm)
Solid Sawn Joist Sizes
(mm)
Width Height Width Height
SFJC225/50 50 225 50
SFJC225/100 100 225 100
SFJC305/50 50 305 up to 50
SFJC305/100 100 305 up to 100
up to 225
up to 302
1. 2 No SFJC Wedges supplied with each SFJC305/50.
2. 2 No Steel Joist Plates supplied with each SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100.
33

Masonry Hangers for I-joist & Metal Web
SES Simpson End Seal
Simpson End Seal: One solution for air leakage and sound transference requirements.
The SES Simpson End Seal provides a fast and effective solution to reduce air leakage through
‘pocket masonry’ in block walls. Once installed, it removes the need for mastic sealant around the
perimeter of joists (subject to good workmanship when mortar keying).
The SES is a cost effective way to help comply with the requirements of Part L (reduced air leakage)
and Part E (reduced sound transference).
The SES allows for a full 100mm bearing of joist onto masonry walls.
• Air leakage - reduces air leakage without the need for mastic sealant.
• Sound - meets the sound requirements of a proprietary joist cap as specified by Appendix A,
Robust Details Part E Handbook.
• Fire - provides 1 hour of fire resistance (in compliance with Approved Document B).
• Can be used on external and party walls.
• Meets the NHBC Technical requirements.
• Secure fixing - provided by 30mm Square Twist Nails.
Step 1: Prepare
block work to
accept floor joists -
no need for mortar
on top. Position
floor joists onto
wall (only one joist
shown for clarity).
Fit the End Seal to
the end of the joist
as shown. Ensure
that the End Seal
is tight against the
joist end and secure
with two 3.75x30
square twist nails.
SES
Step 2: When
preparing a double
joist, repeat
installation step
1 on the second
I-Joist. Apply
mastic sealant to
the inside face
of the End Seal
between the joists
(see diagram) and
to the top and
bottom chords of
the I-Joist.
Top Chord
Mastic Sealant
Step 3: Join the
I-joists together,
checking that the
mastic sealant has
been compressed
between the
end seals. It is
recommended that
the I-joists are joined
together using 2 MJC
(multi joist connector),
one on top and one
on the bottom of the
I-joist at 200mm from
the bearing point
(SDW screws can be
used as an alternative
to MJC).
Check with I-Joist
manufacturer.
MJC
(optional)
Mastic Sealant
200mm
Step 5: Lay a bed of mortar
onto the top of the blocks
ensuring mortar is laid tight
up against the joist end. Lay
blocks either side of the joist,
ensuring mortar is applied to
the block ends, completely fill
all joints.
Step 4: Apply mortar
to the void between
the top and bottom
chords of the I-joist
on both sides of a
single joist and to the
outsides of a double
joist, ensuring the
mortar is packed
against the End Seal.
Mortar
Mortar
Lay the next bed of mortar on
top of the blocks. Continue to
build the wall as normal.
34

Masonry Hangers for I-joist & Metal Web
SES Simpson End Seal
END SEAL OPTIONS AVAILABLE
Flange Height
Joist Dimensions (mm)
Item Code
Height Width
39 200 38 SES118/38
39 220 38 SES138/38
39 240 38 SES158/38
39 300 38 SES218/38
39 200 45 SES118/45
28 220 45 SES158/45
39 220 45 SES138/45
39 240 45 SES158/45
28 241 45 SES179/45
39 300 45 SES218/45
28 302 45 SES240/45
39 360 45 SES278/45
39 400 45 SES318/45
45 195 47 SES101/47
45 220 47 SES124/47
45 235 47 SES141/47
45 245 47 SES151/47
45 300 47 SES206/47
28 220 51 SES158/51
28 241 51 SES179/51
28 302 51 SES240/51
28 356 51 SES294/51
39 200 58 SES118/58
39 220 58 SES138/58
39 240 58 SES158/58
39 300 58 SES218/58
39 360 58 SES278/58
39 400 58 SES318/58
38 220 59 SES138/39
38 241 59 SES159/59
28 241 59 SES179/59
38 302 59 SES220/59
28 301 59 SES240/59
38 356 59 SES274/59
28 356 59 SES294/59
38 406 59 SES324/59
END SEAL OPTIONS AVAILABLE
Flange Height
Joist Dimensions (mm)
Item Code
Height Width
45 195 63 SES101/63
45 220 63 SES126/63 SES
45 235 63 SES141/63
38 225 63 SES143/63
45 245 63 SES151/63
38 241 63 SES159/63
45 300 63 SES206/63
38 302 63 SES220/63
38 356 63 SES274/63
38 406 63 SES324/63
39 200 70 SES118/70
39 220 70 SES138/70
39 240 70 SES158/70
39 300 70 SES218/70
39 360 70 SES278/70
39 400 70 SES318/70
45 195 72 SES101/72
45 220 72 SES126/72
45 245 72 SES151/72
45 300 72 SES206/72
45 350 72 SES256/72
45 400 72 SES306/72
39 200 89 SES118/89
38 220 89 SES138/89
39 220 89 SES138/89
38 225 89 SES143/89
39 240 89 SES158/89
38 241 89 SES158/89
39 300 89 SES218/89
38 302 89 SES220/89
38 356 89 SES274/89
39 360 89 SES278/89
39 400 89 SES318/89
38 406 89 SES324/89
45 195 97 SES101/97
45 220 97 SES126/97
45 245 97 SES151/97
45 300 97 SES206/97
45 350 97 SES256/97
45 400 97 SES306/97
45 450 97 SES356/97
35

Masonry Hangers for I-joist & Metal Web
SFLHI Safety Fast Lite Hanger
The SFLHI is an innovative single piece hanger designed to support timber joists
from masonry walls without the need for masonry above the course of blockwork
supporting the hanger.
The SFLHI has been designed to assist in meeting
the air leakage requirements as part of the
Code for Sustainable Homes. Since the joist is
supported by a hanger and does not penetrate the
inner leaf of blockwork, the potential for air leakage
is reduced and avoids the time consuming and
costly mortaring and sealing with mastic around
built in joist ends.
This hanger allows construction work to continue
safely just 3 days after the supporting blockwork
has been laid - as opposed to 28 days in the case
of traditional masonry hangers.
NEW!
100mm
The SFLHI is CE marked, meeting
the requirements EN 845-1.
Patent No. EP2064395
H
W
75mm
SFLHI joist hanger used in conjunction with FMS strap.
SFLHI joist hanger used in conjunction with FMSC strap.
Features and Benefits
• Avoids joist penetrating blockwork, minimising air
leakage.
• Achieves published performance values with no
masonry above the supporting course of blockwork.
• Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the
next lift of masonry.
• Reduces health & safety risks associated with the
use of traditional masonry hangers with no masonry
courses above them.
• Eliminates the need for propping to support the joist.
• Web stiffeners are not required with I-Joists to achieve
published performance values.
• Use FMS strap range with every hanger spaced up to
600mm centres to provide lateral restraint of the floor
joist in accordance with EN845-1.
• CE Approved: meets the requirements of EN845-1
and tested in accordance with EN 846-8.
• Material: Z600 zinc coated steel in accordance with
EN10346:2009.
36

Masonry Hangers for I-joist & Metal Webs
SFLHI Safety Fast Lite Hanger
1 2 3 4
Step 1: Build masonry to the
required level, ensuring any
coursing bricks or blocks are
at least one course below the
supporting block.
Leave the masonry to cure for
at least three days.
Step 2: Place the Safety Fast
Lite Masonry Hanger for I-Joists
(SFLHI) over the inner leaf of
the blockwork, ensuring the
top flanges are fully bearing
onto the top of the supporting
blockwork and are also tight
against the front face of the
blockwork.
Step 3: Install the floor joist into
the SFLHI, ensuring the gap
between the end of the joist and
the blockwork is a maximum
of 6mm.
Install the specified joist nails
(see table below).
Step 4: Install the appropriate
restraint strap (see note 1 at
bottom of page), ensuring the
strap is tight against the back
face of the blockwork/hanger
return and the side of the floor
joist. Fix with fasteners as
specified in the table below.
About working on the
floor prior to the next lift
of masonry:
1. The floor decking may be stored
on the joists provided the load is
uniformly distributed among several
joists and does not exceed the
hanger or joist capacities. Refer
to joist manufacturer or supplier
for joist capacity and maximum
construction loads.
2. The floor decking must be securely
attached to each joist before
additional loads can be placed on
the system.
For example, total number of blocks per pair of joists (4 hangers) @ 600 c/c:
• 2.8N/mm 2 AAC = 24
• 3.5N/mm 2 AAC = 20
• 7.0N/mm 2 DAC = 16
3. Pallets of blocks or other
construction material should be
placed onto the scaffolding and not
directly onto the floor. The materials
can then be evenly distributed
around the floor manually, ensuring
the hanger or joist capacities are
not exceeded.
SFLHI - Safety Fast Lite Masonry Hanger for I-Joist Performance Data
Size Range
Joist Fastener Qty
3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nail
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Block Strength
Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Block Strength
Height (mm) Width (mm) Hanger FMS (1) Strap 2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm 2
Solid AAC
7.0N/mm 2
Solid DAC
2.8N/mm 2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm 2
Solid AAC
7.0N/mm 2
Solid DAC
100 - 400 35 -97 2 3 4.5 4.5 4.5 7.9 7.9 7.9
Please note:
1. Appropriate variant from FMS strap range, depending on connection detail - refer to FMS content on page 126.
2. Performance values are with NO masonry above supporting blockwork.
37

Masonry Hangers for I-joist & Metal Web
SFLHI Safety Fast Lite Hanger
SFLHI Hanger Sizes
Joist Size
Hanger Dimension (mm)
SFLHI Model No.
Width Height Height (H) Width (W)
200 SFLHI200/40 200
Joist Size
Hanger Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Width Height Height (H) Width (W)
220 SFLHI225/72 225
38
220 SFLHI225/40 225
240 SFLHI240/40 240
300 SFLHI300/40 300
40
70
240 SFLHI240/72 240
300 SFLHI300/72 300
350 SFLHI350/72 350
72
195 SFLHI195/47 195
360 SFLHI360/72 360
200 SFLHI200/47 200
400 SFLHI400/72 400
220 SFLHI225/47 225
220 SFLHI225/75 225
240 SFLHI240/47 240
240 SFLHI240/75 240
45
245 SFLHI245/47 245
47
72
300 SFLHI300/75 300
75
300 SFLHI300/47 300
350 SFLHI350/75 350
350 SFLHI350/47 350
400 SFLHI400/75 400
360 SFLHI360/47 360
200 SFLHI200/78 200
400 SFLHI400/47 400
195 SFLHI195/50 195
2ply 38 or 75
220 SFLHI225/78 225
240 SFLHI240/78 240
78
220 SFLHI225/50 225
300 SFLHI300/78 300
235 SFLHI235/50 235
200 SFLHI200/91 200
47
240 SFLHI240/50 240
245 SFLHI245/50 245
50
220 SFLHI225/91 225
240 SFLHI240/91 240
300 SFLHI300/50 300
89 or 90
300 SFLHI300/91 300
91
350 SFLHI350/50 350
350 SFLHI350/91 350
400 SFLHI400/50 400
360 SFLHI360/91 360
240 SFLHI240/53 240
400 SFLHI400/91 400
51
300 SFLHI300/53 300
53
195 SFLHI195/100 195
350 SFLHI350/53 350
220 SFLHI225/100 225
195 SFLHI195/61 195
235 SFLHI235/100 235
220 SFLHI225/61 225
245 SFLHI245/100 245
235 SFLHI235/61 235
97
254 SFLHI254/100 254
100
240 SFLHI240/61 240
300 SFLHI300/100 300
58 or 60
245 SFLHI245/61 245
61
350 SFLHI350/100 350
300 SFLHI300/61 300
400 SFLHI400/100 400
350 SFLHI350/61 350
450 SFLHI450/100 450
360 SFLHI360/61 360
400 SFLHI400/61 400
195 SFLHI195/66 195
220 SFLHI225/66 220
235 SFLHI235/66 235
63 or 65
240 SFLHI240/66 240
245 SFLHI245/66 245
66
300 SFLHI300/66 300
350 SFLHI350/66 350
400 SFLHI400/66 400
38

Masonry Hangers for I-joist & Metal Web
SFHI/SFWHI Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers
The SFHI Safety Fast Hangers are an innovative range of products that have
been designed to support timber joists, beams and trussed rafters from
masonry walls without the need of supporting masonry above the top flange.
• Requires no masonry above the top flange to achieve the published performance
values.
• Improved vertical and lateral load distribution.
• Mini Strap simply hooks onto the hanger.
• Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next lift of masonry.
• Reduces Health & Safety risks associated with the use of the traditional masonry
hangers with no masonry above.
• Eliminates the need for propping.
• Mini Strap provides lateral restraint capacity in accordance with NHBC guidelines.
• Allows for retrofit of lateral restraint straps.
• Web stiffeners are not required with I-joist to achieve the performance values.
Material:
SFHI: 2.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
SFWHI: 2.5mm mild steel
Mini Strap - 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
100
PATENT NOS.
GB2316103, GB2354267
GB2390380
PATENT EP1200684
SFWHI
SFHI
FINISH: SFWHI: Hot-dip galvanised.
Installation:
• Use all specified nails.
• Build masonry to required level, ensuring any coursing bricks or blocks are at least one
course below the supporting block, and leave to cure.
• Place the Safety Fast Restraint Hanger over the inner leaf of blockwork, ensuring the
bearing plate is fully located onto the top of the masonry, sitting tight against the front
face and top of the blockwork.
• Sit the floor joists into the masonry hanger and ensure all joists are
correctly installed. The joists should be tight into the back of the hanger where
possible. The maximum gap between the back of the hanger and the end of the joist is
6mm.
• Clip the Safety Fast Mini Strap onto the restraining hooks on the side of the hanger and
nail to the side face of the joist with three No. 3.75x30mm square twist nails. INSTALL
ONLY ONE PER HANGER - EITHER SIDE OF THE HANGER.
PATENT NOS.
GB2354267, GB2390380
PATENT EP1200684
General Installation Notes
• The floor decking may be stored on the joists provided the load is uniformly
distributed between the several joists and does not exceed the hanger or joist
capacities. Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier for joist capacity and maximum
construction loads.
• The floor decking must be securely attached to each joist before additional loads can be
placed on the system.
• Floor decking and blockwork is to be cut where necessary to fit around the upstand
stiffeners.
• Pallets of blocks or other construction materials should be placed onto the
scaffolding and NOT directly onto the floor. The materials can then be evenly
distributed around the floor manually, ensuring hanger or joist capacities are not
exceeded.
Mini Strap
(included with the Safety Fast Hanger)
39

Masonry Hangers for I-joist & Metal Web
SFHI/SFWHI Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers
TYPICAL SFHI INSTALLATION
TYPICAL SFWHI INSTALLATION
SFHI/SFWHI HANGER LOADS
Joist Fasteners
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Characteristic Capacity
(kN)
Model No.
Joist Width
Block Strength
Block Strength
SFHI
SFWHI
Hanger MiniStrap 2.8N/mm 2
Qty Nail Qty Nail
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm 2
Solid LAC
7N/mm 2
Solid DAC
3.5N/mm 2
Solid LAC
7N/mm 2
Solid DAC
< 61mm
5.34 6.67 6.67 13.34 13.34
2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
>66mm 9.98 12.47 12.47 17.47 17.47
66mm 11.58 14.47 14.47 28.97 28.94
1. Tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology in accordance with EN846-4 and evaluated in accordance with EN845-1.
2. Stated loads are achieved without masonry above the hangertop flange.
3. The block thickness must be the same as the top plate width.
4. The lateral capacity when installed with the FMS ministrap exceeds that provided by traditional straps placed at 2m centres.
5. 3.75 x 30 refers to a square twist nail (not supplied with hanger).
40

Masonry Hangers for I-joist & Metal Web
SFHI/SFWHI Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers
SFHI HANGERS SFHWI HANGERS SFHWI HANGERS
Joist Size
Width
38
45
47
51
58
or 60
63
70
72
2ply 38
2ply 45
or 89
2ply 47
97
Height
Model No.
Hanger Dimension
(mm)
Width
(W)
Height
(H)
195 SFHI195/40/100 40 195
200 SFHI200/40/100 40 200
220 SFHI225/40/100 40 225
235 SFHI235/40/100 40 235
240 SFHI240/40/100 40 240
300 SFHI300/40/100 40 300
195 SFHI195/47/100 47 195
200 SFHI200/47/100 47 200
220 SFHI225/47/100 47 225
235 SFHI235/47/100 47 235
240 SFHI240/47/100 47 240
245 SFHI245/47/100 47 245
300 SFHI300/47/100 47 300
195 SFHI195/50/100 50 195
225 SFHI225/50/100 50 225
235 SFHI235/50/100 50 235
240 SFHI240/50/100 50 235
245 SFHI245/50/100 50 245
300 SFHI300/50/100 50 300
240 SFHI240/53/100 53 240
300 SFHI300/53/100 53 300
195 SFHI195/61/100 61 195
200 SFHI200/61/100 61 200
220 SFHI225/61/100 61 225
235 SFHI235/61/100 61 235
240 SFHI240/61/100 61 240
245 SFHI245/61/100 61 245
300 SFHI300/61/100 61 300
195 SFHI195/66/100 66 195
225 SFHI225/66/100 66 225
235 SFHI235/66/100 66 235
240 SFHI240/66/100 66 240
245 SFHI245/66/100 66 245
300 SFHI300/66/100 66 300
220 SFHI225/72/100 72 225
240 SFHI240/72/100 72 240
300 SFHI300/72/100 72 300
195 SFHI195/75/100 75 195
220 SFHI225/75/100 75 220
235 SFHI235/75/100 75 235
245 SFHI245/75/100 75 245
300 SFHI300/75/100 75 300
195 SFHI195/78/100 78 195
200 SFHI200/78/100 78 200
220 SFHI225/78/100 78 225
235 SFHI235/78/100 78 235
240 SFHI240/78/100 78 240
300 SFHI300/78/100 78 300
195 SFHI195/91/100 91 195
200 SFHI200/91/100 91 200
220 SFHI225/91/100 91 225
235 SFHI235/91/100 91 235
240 SFHI240/91/100 91 240
245 SFHI245/91/100 91 245
300 SFHI300/91/100 91 300
220 SFHI225/96/100 96 225
235 SFHI235/96/100 96 235
240 SFHI240/96/100 96 240
245 SFHI245/96/100 96 245
300 SFHI300/96/100 96 300
195 SFHI195/100/100 100 195
220 SFHI225/100/100 100 225
235 SFHI235/100/100 100 235
240 SFHI240/100/100 100 240
245 SFHI245/100/100 100 245
300 SFHI300/100/100 100 300
Joist Size
Width
70
2ply 38
2ply 45
or 90
2ply 47
97
2ply
51
2ply 58
or 60
2ply 63
Height
Model No.
Hanger Dimension
(mm)
Width
(W)
Height
(H)
220 SFWHI225/72/100 72 225
240 SFWHI240/72/100 72 240
300 SFWHI300/72/100 72 300
350 SFWHI350/72/100 72 350
400 SFWHI400/72/100 72 400
195 SFWHI195/78/100 78 195
220 SFWHI225/78/100 78 225
235 SFWHI235/78/100 78 235
240 SFWHI240/78/100 78 240
245 SFWHI245/78/100 78 245
300 SFWHI300/78/100 78 300
350 SFWHI350/78/100 78 350
400 SFWHI400/78/100 78 400
450 SFWHI450/78/100 78 450
195 SFWHI195/91/100 91 195
200 SFWHI200/91/100 91 200
220 SFWHI225/91/100 91 225
235 SFWHI235/91/100 91 235
240 SFWHI240/91/100 91 240
245 SFWHI245/91/100 91 245
300 SFWHI300/91/100 91 300
350 SFWHI350/91/100 91 350
400 SFWHI400/91/100 91 400
450 SFWHI450/91/100 91 450
195 SFWHI195/96/100 96 195
220 SFWHI225/96/100 96 220
235 SFWHI235/96/100 96 235
240 SFWHI240/96/100 96 240
245 SFWHI245/96/100 96 245
300 SFWHI300/96/100 96 300
350 SFWHI350/96/100 96 350
400 SFWHI400/96/100 96 400
195 SFWHI195/100/100 100 195
220 SFWHI225/100/100 100 225
235 SFWHI235/100/100 100 235
245 SFWHI245100/100 100 245
300 SFWHI300/100/100 100 300
350 SFWHI350/100/100 100 350
400 SFWHI400/100/100 100 400
450 SFWHI450/100/100 100 450
240 SFWHI240/105/100 105 240
300 SFWHI300/105/100 105 300
350 SFWHI350/105/100 105 350
195 SFWHI195/120/100 120 195
200 SFWHI200/120/100 120 200
220 SFWHI225/120/100 120 225
235 SFWHI235/120/100 120 235
240 SFWHI240/120/100 120 240
245 SFWHI245/120/100 120 245
300 SFWHI300/120/100 120 300
350 SFWHI350/120/100 120 350
400 SFWHI400/120/100 120 400
195 SFWHI195/129/100 129 195
220-225 SFWHI225/129/100 129 225
235 SFWHI235/129/100 129 235
240 SFWHI240/129/100 129 240
245 SFWHI245/129/100 129 245
300 SFWHI300/129/100 129 300
350 SFWHI350/129/100 129 350
400 SFWHI400/129/100 129 400
Joist Size
Width
3ply 45
or
135
2ply 70
2ply 72
2ply 75
2ply 89
or 178
2ply 90
2ply 97
Height
Model No.
Hanger Dimension
(mm)
Width
(W)
Height
(H)
184 SFWHI184/135/100 135 184
200 SFWHI200/135/100 135 200
220 SFWHI225/135/100 135 225
240 SFWHI240/135/100 135 240
245 SFWHI245/135/100 135 245
300 SFWHI300/135/100 135 300
350 SFWHI350/135/100 135 350
400 SFWHI400/135/100 135 400
450 SFWHI450/135/100 135 450
220 SFWHI225/142/100 142 225
240 SFWHI240/142/100 142 240
300 SFWHI300/142/100 142 300
350 SFWHI350/142/100 142 350
400 SFWHI400/142/100 142 400
195 SFWHI195/146/100 146 195
220 SFWHI225/146/100 146 225
235 SFWHI235/146/100 146 235
245 SFWHI245/146/100 146 245
300 SFWHI300/146/100 146 300
350 SFWHI350/146/100 146 350
400 SFWHI400/146/100 146 400
195 SFWHI195/152/100 152 195
220 SFWHI225/152/100 152 225
235 SFWHI235/152/100 152 235
240 SFWHI240/152/100 152 240
300 SFWHI300/152/100 152 300
350 SFWHI350/152/100 152 350
400 SFWHI400/152/100 152 400
450 SFWHI450/152/100 152 450
195 SFWHI195/180/100 180 195
200 SFWHI200/180/100 180 200
220 SFWHI225/180/100 180 225
235 SFWHI235/180/100 180 235
245 SFWHI240/180/100 180 240
300 SFWHI300/180/100 180 300
350 SFWHI350/180/100 180 350
400 SFWHI400/180/100 180 400
450 SFWHI450/180/100 180 450
220 SFWHI225/184/100 184 225
240 SFWHI240/184/100 184 240
300 SFWHI300/184/100 184 300
350 SFWHI350/184/100 184 350
400 SFWHI400/184/100 184 400
195 SFWHI195/196/100 196 195
220 SFWHI225/196/100 196 225
235 SFWHI235/196/100 196 235
245 SFWHI245/196/100 196 245
300 SFWHI300/196/100 196 300
350 SFWHI350/196/100 196 350
400 SFWHI400/196/100 196 400
450 SFWHI450/196/100 196 450
41

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists
JHA Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap
ETA-07/0043
JHA’s are a one piece, non-welded, joist hanger for supporting
timber joists from timber members.
JHA270
Adjustable Hanger
• A galvanised joist hanger that provides great support with ease of
installation.
• Published performance values are based upon 3.75mm x 30mm
square twist nails being used throughout.
• Wider strap provides more surface area on the supporting timber and
allows increased nail spacing, enhancing the performance of the critical
hanger-to-support part of the connection.
• Minimum and maximum nailing schedules are stamped into the strap
providing correct installation information for site operatives.
• Speed-prong holds the hanger in position to allow easier attachment.
The installer no longer has to try to hold hanger, joist and nail with one
hand and swing a hammer with the other!
• JHA270 range features a location tab which allows easier alignment of
the hanger.
• The model number and size is stamped into the seat of the hanger for
easy identification, even after installation.
• Regularised Timber: we have added new sizes to our JHA range to
suit regularised timber. Use 47mm or 91mm width hangers for this new
application.
H
C
B
W
JHA450
Adjustable Hanger
Material:
JHA270—0.9mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
JHA450—1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
Alternative installation methods are available depending on the availability of
nailing surface.
Maximum Nailing: All nails must be applied according to the table.
H
Minimum Nailing: For a lower installed cost the minimum nailing schedule
can be used when the maximum nailing load capacity is not needed. A
minimum wrap over of 45mm is required.
Loft Conversions (JHA450 Range): For applications where the hanger
extends below the support. Install top, face, and joist nails according to
the table. A minimum wrap over of 45mm is required or maximum nailing.
C
Speed
Prongs
Location Tab
(JHA270)
JHA270
Installation
JHA450
Below Support
Installation
B
W
Used to
temporarily
position and
secure the hanger
for easier and
faster installation.
42

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists
JHA Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap
ETA-07/0043
JHA270 Specifications
Installation
Method
Wrap Over
Face Fix
Supporting
Member
Depth
125mm
to
200mm
200mm
to
250mm
Supported
Member
Width
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm) [1] Number of Fasteners [2] Safe Working Loads (kN) [4] Characteristic Loads (kN)
W H B C
1 ply 38 JHA270/38 38 241 50 106
Header
Download
Short
Joist
Term Download Uplift
Face Top Long Term Medium
Term
Uplift
4.2 4.8 1.1 10.0 2.1
1 ply 44 JHA270/44 44 238 50 103 4.8 5.5 1.1 11.6 2.1
1 ply 45 JHA270/47 47 248.5 50 102 5.2 5.9 1.1 12.4 2.1
1 ply 50 JHA270/50 50 247 50 100 5.5 6.2 1.1 13.1 2.1
8 4 4
1 ply 63 JHA270/63 63 249 50 114 5.5 6.3 1.1 13.2 2.1
1 ply 75 JHA270/75 75 243 50 108 5.5 6.3 1.1 13.2 2.1
2 ply 45 JHA270/91 91 234 50 100 5.5 6.3 1.1 13.2 2.1
2 ply 50 JHA270/100 100 230 50 95 5.5 6.3 1.1 13.2 2.1
1 ply 38 JHA270/38 38 241 50 106
3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
1 ply 44 JHA270/44 44 238 50 103 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
1 ply 45 JHA270/47 47 248.5 50 102 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
1 ply 50 JHA270/50 50 247 50 100 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
20 ~ 4
1 ply 63 JHA270/63 63 249 50 114 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
1 ply 75 JHA270/75 75 243 50 108 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
2 ply 45 JHA270/91 91 234 50 100 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
2 ply 50 JHA270/100 100 230 50 95 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
1. W, H, B & C dimensions are depicted in the illustration on previous page.
2. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails used throughout.
3. Characteristic and Safe Working Loads are based upon timbers with a characteristic density of 310 Kg/m 3 .
4. Published performance values are not dependent on the location tab being nailed.
JHA450 Specifications
Installation Method
Wrap Over
Face Fix
Supported
Member
Width
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm) [1] Number of Fasteners [2] Safe Working Loads (kN) [4] Characteristic Loads (kN)
W H B C
1 ply 38 JHA450/38 38 481 50 191
Header
Download
Short
Joist
Term Download Uplift
Face Top Long Term Medium
Term
Uplift
4.2 4.8 1.6 10.0 3.13
1 ply 44 JHA450/44 44 478 50 188 4.8 5.5 1.6 11.6 3.13
1 ply 45 JHA450/47 47 477 50 187 5.2 5.9 1.6 12.4 3.13
1 ply 50 JHA450/50 50 475 50 185 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13
1 ply 63 JHA450/63 63 469 50 179 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13
1 ply 75 JHA450/75 75 463 50 173 8 4 6 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13
2 ply 45 JHA450/91 91 455 50 165 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13
2 ply 50 JHA450/100 100 450 50 160 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13
2 ply 63 JHA450/125 125 453 63 163 5.7 6.5 1.6 13.6 3.13
3 ply 45 JHA450/137 137 447 63 157 5.7 6.5 1.6 13.6 3.13
3 ply 50 JHA450/150 150 440 63 150 5.7 6.5 1.6 13.6 3.13
1 ply 38 JHA450/38 38 481 50 191
4.2 4.8 1.6 10.0 3.13
1 ply 44 JHA450/44 44 478 50 188 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
1 ply 45 JHA450/47 47 477 50 187 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
1 ply 50 JHA450/50 50 475 50 185 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
1 ply 63 JHA450/63 63 469 50 179 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
1 ply 75 JHA450/75 75 463 50 173 20 ~ 6 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
2 ply 45 JHA450/91 91 455 50 165 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
2 ply 50 JHA450/100 100 450 50 160 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
2 ply 63 JHA450/125 125 453 63 163 4.8 5.5 1.6 11.6 3.13
3 ply 45 JHA450/137 137 447 63 157 4.8 5.5 1.6 11.6 3.13
3 ply 50 JHA450/150 150 440 63 150 4.8 5.5 1.6 11.6 3.13
Loft Conversion
1 ply 38 JHA450/38 38 481 50 191
4.0 4.6 - 9.6 -
1 ply 44 JHA450/44 44 478 50 188 4.0 4.6 - 9.6 -
1 ply 45 JHA450/47 47 477 50 187 4.0 4.6 - 9.6 -
1 ply 50 JHA450/50 50 475 50 185 4.0 4.6 - 9.7 -
1 ply 63 JHA450/63 63 469 50 179 4.1 4.6 - 9.8 -
1 ply 75 JHA450/75 75 463 50 173 4 4 6 4.1 4.6 - 9.8 -
2 ply 45 JHA450/91 91 455 50 165 4.1 4.6 - 9.8 -
2 ply 50 JHA450/100 100 450 50 160 4.1 4.6 - 9.8 -
2 ply 63 JHA450/125 125 453 63 163 4.2 4.8 - 10.1 -
3 ply 45 JHA450/137 137 447 63 157 4.2 4.8 - 10.1 -
3 ply 50 JHA450/150 150 440 63 150 4.2 4.8 - 10.1 -
1. W, H, B & C dimensions are depicted in the illustration on previous page.
2. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails used throughout.
3. Characteristic and Safe Working Loads are based upon timbers with a characteristic density of 310 Kg/m 3 .
43

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists
IUC Concealed Flange Face Fix Hanger
ETA-04/0042
IUC is a one piece,
non-welded, face mounted
concealed flange hanger for both
I-joists and solid timber sections.
I-Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side
of the hanger, eliminating the need for web stiffeners.
I-Joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.
Material: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners (see table below). Verify that
the header can take the fasteners specified in the table.
Web stiffeners are not required with I-Joists when the
top flange is laterally supported by both sides of the
hanger.
H
Options:
These hangers cannot be skewed but will normally
accomodate a skew of 5°.
For concealed flange hangers with widths greater than
91mm see SAI hanger catalogue tables.
Enhanced Uplift Loads: The IUC has optional
triangular holes for additional uplift. Properly attached
web stiffeners will be required for enhanced uplift.
W
IUC SPECIFICATIONS
Joist
Size(mm)
Dimensions
Width Height
Model
No.
H W B
38
45
47
53
58-60
63
70
72
89-90
145 IUC142/40 142 40 51
195-200 IUC192/40 192 40 51
220-245 IUC217/40 217 40 51
145 IUC142/47 142 47 51
195-200 IUC192/47 192 47 5
220-245 IUC217/47 217 47 51
195 IUC192/50 192 50 51
220-245 IUC217/50 217 50 51
195-200 IUC192/53 192 53 51
220-245 IUC217/53 217 53 51
195-200 IUC192/61 192 61 51
220-245 IUC217/61 217 61 51
195-200 IUC192/66 192 66 51
220-245 IUC217/66 217 66 51
195-200 IUC192/72 192 72 51
220-245 IUC217/72 217 72 51
195-200 IUC192/75 192 75 51
220-245 IUC217/75 217 75 51
195-200 IUC192/91 192 91 51
220-245 IUC217/91 217 91 51
Number of Fasteners
Option 1 use 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. Option 2 use 3.75 x 75mm nails.
44
Safe
Working Load (kN)
C16 & I-Joist
Header
LVL Header
Characteristic Capacity (kN)
C16 & I-Joist
Header
LVL Header
Face Joist Long Term Long Term Download Download
Opt 1 6 Opt 1 2 2.09 2.44 3.80 8.10
Opt 2 6 Opt 1 2 2.57 2.97 7.86 10.68
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 6 Opt 1 2 2.09 2.44 3.80 8.10
Opt 2 6 Opt 1 2 2.57 2.97 7.86 10.68
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists
SDE Width Adjustable Face Fix Hanger
ETA-06/0270
The SDE is a two piece, width adjustable face fix hanger.
The two separate components that make up the SDE system can be
adjusted to suit a range of joist widths between 60mm to 120mm.
Each SDE is supplied as a pair.
Material:
H
• 2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
• Use all fasteners as specified in the table below. Check that the
header can accomodate the fasteners specified. Each SDE piece
must also be nailed through the holes underneath.
B
W
SDE Specification
Model
No.
Dimensions
W H B
Number of
Fasteners
Header
Joist
Safe
Working Load (kN) C24
Download
Long Term
Uplift
Short Term
Characteristic Capacity
(kN)
Download
Uplift
SDE300/30
SDE340/30
SDE380/30
SDE440/30
30 120 84 18 1 14 1 1.30 2.30 3.00 4.50
30 120 84 18 2 14 1 4.00 4.80 9.60 9.60
30 140 84 22 1 16 1 1.60 3.20 3.90 6.30
30 140 84 22 2 16 1 4.80 5.80 11.50 11.50
30 160 84 22 1 16 1 4.80 3.20 11.50 6.30
30 160 84 22 2 16 1 4.80 5.80 11.50 11.50
30 190 84 28 1 20 1 6.00 4.70 14.30 9.40
30 190 84 28 2 20 1 6.00 7.20 14.30 14.30
1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail.
2. 4.0 x 100mm Smooth Shank Nail.
3. SWL's are based on characteristic loads and global safety factors of 2.4 for long term and 2.0 for short term.
45

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists
SAE/SAI Face Fix Hangers
ETA-06/0270
SAE and SAI ranges are heavy-duty hangers designed for
Applications requiring additional strength.
• SAE hangers have bolt holes for 12mm fasteners into the face.
• SAE Timber Bolted capacity to be determined according to the relevant
standards. Do not exceed the load values given in the Bolt Attachment table.
• SAI hangers are not recommended for bolted applications.
• The hanger depth is to be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent
rotation, unless additional lateral restraint is added to the top of the carried
member.
40
SAE
Material:
SAE and SAI—2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners
specified in the table.
• SAE hangers can be installed by filling all round holes, or all bolt holes, with the
specified fasteners. A combination of the two would not give any increase to the
performance values.
Options:
• Other widths of the SAE hangers are available to order.
• Slope and skew options available for all SAE hangers (without bolt holes).
• For special SAE Hangers, the fastener specifications and performance values
may differ from the normal hanger specifications. See SAE Hanger Specials
Table for details.
• Skews right or left up to 67.5° and slopes up or down up to 45°.
• Hangers with skews greater than 15° may have all joist nailing on the outside
angle.
• For SAE hangers with combined skews and slopes the maximum SWL is 80%
of the medium term loads stated within the table.
• Concealed flanges available on some models. See SAI Table for Hanger Range.
• Sloped and skew options can be manufactured, however these would not
include bolt holes. Please refer to the “SAE Hangers Specials” Table opposite.
H
B
SAI
W
Not suitable for bolted
applications.
Typical SAI
Installation on a Post
Typical SAE(X) Sloped Down,
Skewed Right installation (no bolt
holes)
Top View SAE(X) Hanger
Skewed Right (no bolt holes)
ACUTE
SIDE
SPECIFY SKEW
ANGLE
W
46

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists
SAE/SAI Face Fix Hangers
ETA-06/0270
SAE HANGERS
Joist
Width
(mm)
Model
No.
Dimensions
W H B
47
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Safe
Working Load (kN)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
C16 LVL Download
(C24)
Header Joist Long Term Medium Term Long Term Medium Term
SAE380/38 38 171 85 22 12 8.50 9.50 9.30 5.00 8.80
38
SAEL500/38 38 231 84 34 18 13.10 14.70 14.30 16.10 17.20
SAE620/38 38 291 75 40 22 15.40 17.30 16.90 18.90 17.20
SAE380/45 45 168 85 22 12 8.50 9.50 9.30 10.40 8.80
45
SAE500/46 46 227 84 34 18 13.10 14.70 14.30 16.10 17.20
SAE620/45 45 288 75 40 22 15.40 17.30 16.90 18.90 17.20
SAE250/50 50 100 84 12 7 4.60 5.20 5.10 5.70 2.90
47 - 50
SAE380/50 50 165 85 22 12 8.50 9.50 9.30 10.40 8.80
SAE500/50 50 225 85 34 18 13.10 14.70 14.30 16.10 17.20
SAE620/50 50 285 75 40 22 15.40 17.30 16.90 18.90 17.20
SAE380/64 64 159 85 22 12 8.50 9.50 9.30 10.40 8.80
63
SAE500/64 64 219 85 34 18 13.10 14.70 14.30 16.10 17.20
SAE620/64 64 279 75 40 22 15.40 17.30 16.90 18.90 17.20
SAE380/76 76 153 85 22 12 8.50 9.50 9.30 10.40 8.80
75 - 76
SAE500/76 76 213 85 34 18 13.10 14.70 14.30 16.10 17.20
SAE620/76 76 273 75 40 22 15.40 17.30 16.90 18.90 17.20
SAE380/90 90 145 85 22 12 8.50 9.50 9.30 10.40 8.80
2 Ply 44
SAEL500/91 91 205 84 32 16 11.60 13.00 12.60 14.20 17.20
SAE620/91 91 265 85 34 18 13.10 14.70 14.30 16.10 17.20
SAE380/100 100 140 85 22 12 8.50 9.50 9.30 10.40 8.80
100
SAE500/100 100 200 85 34 18 13.10 14.70 14.30 16.10 17.20
SAE620/100 100 260 75 40 22 15.40 17.30 16.90 18.90 17.20
125
SAE500/125 125 188 78 30 16 11.60 13.00 12.60 14.20 17.20
SAE620/125 125 248 75 40 22 15.40 17.30 16.90 18.90 17.20
150
SAEL500/150 150 175 78 32 16 11.60 13.00 12.60 14.20 17.20
SAE620/150 150 235 75 40 22 15.40 17.30 16.90 18.90 17.20
200 SAE590/200 200 195 78 30 20 11.60 13.00 12.60 14.20 17.20
201 - 300 SAE690X 201-300 195 78 30 20 11.60 13.00 12.60 14.20 18.60
SAI HANGERS
Joist
Width
(mm)
SAE HANGERS - BOLT ATTACHMENT
Model
No.
Support 4
Number of
Fasteners
Carried
Member 5
Long
Term
Timber Support
Medium
Term
Safe
Working Load (kN)
Masonry Support
2.8 N/mm 2 3.5 N/mm 2 7 N/mm 2 20 N/mm 2
SAE380 - All 4 M12 12 6.95 7.94 1.80 2.20 4.00 4.00
SAE500/38-100 6 M12 18 10.10 11.54 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00
SAE500/125-150 6 M12 18 7.99 9.13 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00
SAE620/38-100 8 M12 22 13.03 14.89 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00
SAE620/125-150 8 M12 22 10.86 12.41 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00
1. Safe working loads apply to bolt attachment only.
2. Timber support safe working loads are based upon calculation from BS 5268 Part 2 with grade 4.6 12mm bolts into C16 timber and load testing performed at Simpson Strong-Tie testing facility. Timber support safe
working loads apply to a minimum support member thickness of 72mm. Safe working loads for smaller support members must be reduced in accordance with BS 5268 Part 2. Bolts are to be installed in accordance with
recommendations within BS 5268: Part 2.
3. Masonry support safe working loads are based upon calculation with Rawl R-KF2 and 12mm stud anchors. Select and install fixings according to manufacturers recommendations. Other manufacturers anchors can be
used. The designer is to check the alternate fixing suitability and reduce the safe working load where limited by the fixing. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for bolt hole locations.
4. M12 Bolts.
5. 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nails
SAE(X) Hanger - SPECIALS TABLE
Model
No.
Model
No.
Dimensions
Dimensions
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
W H B
Safe
Working Load (kN)
W H B C16 LVL
Header
Joist
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Header
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Download
(C24)
SAI380/100 100 140 85 20 10 7.00 7.60 8.50
100
SAI500/100 100 200 85 28 18 13.10 14.30 16.80
SAI620/100 100 260 75 40 22 15.40 16.90 11.70
125
SAI500/125 125 188 78 30 18 11.60 12.70 16.80
SAI620/125 125 248 75 40 22 15.40 16.90 13.20
150
SAI500/150 150 175 78 32 18 11.60 12.70 14.40
SAI620/150 150 235 75 40 22 15.40 16.90 13.20
200 SAI590/200 200 195 78 32 20 13.10 14.30 10.00
Joist
Safe
Working Load (kN)
Long Term
Download
SAE380X 38 - 100 140 - 175 64 14 6 5.40
SAE500X 38 - 150 175 - 235 64 18 8 7.00
SAE620X 38 - 150 235 - 290 64 28 10 10.80
1. These hangers are based upon Composite Wood style SAE hangers and contain round and triangular nail holes only. ie. No Bolt Holes.
2. SWL’s are based upon a maximum nailing schedule—all round and triangular holes filled.
3. Skews right or left up to 67.5° and slopes up or down up to 45°.
4. For combined skew and sloped hangers the maximum SWL is 80% of the stated loads.
5. Enables hangers to be manufactured for any combination of widths and heights listed for a model number.
6. To order specify model number, width, height, skew and/or slope.eg SAE380/63 Skewed Right at 15° becomes SAE380X, W = 63, H = 159, SKR = 15° (for no skewed/sloped options please specify skew = 0° & slope = 0°).

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists
LUP Light Speed Prong Joist Hanger
ETA-07/0150
LUP’s are a one piece, non-welded, joist hanger for
supporting timber joists from timber members.
LUP230
22
• Precision formed and engineered for fast installation and maximum
loads.
• Speed prongs are curved steel for extra strength.
• One hit positions the hanger for header nailing.
• Prongs into the joist eliminate the need for special short nails to hold
the joist into the hanger.
H
Material:
1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
W
38
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.
Speed prongs provide instant location of the hanger onto the carrying
beam and secures the joist into the hanger. If joist prong is deflected and
bent on a knot, simply use a 3.75mm x 30mm nail or equal through that
slot.
Typical LUP Installation
Options:
Because these hangers are fully die formed they cannot be modified.
Joist
Size
(mm)
Model
No.
Dimensions
W H Support
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Carried
Member
Safe
Working Loads (kN)
Long Term
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Download
38 x 100 to 150 LUP230/38 38 96 6 2 Prongs 2.90 4.08
44 x 100 to 150 LUP230/44 44 93 6 2 Prongs 2.90 4.08
47 x 100 to 150 LUP230/47 47 92 6 2 Prongs 2.90 4.08
50 x 100 to 150 LUP230/50 50 90 6 2 Prongs 3.00 4.08
MH Mini Hanger
ETA-07/0150
The MH is a one piece galvanised hanger available in a range of
widths for light duty applications such as trimmers and ceiling
joists of rectangular section.
• Suitable for use with solid headers.
• Tab on seat ensures easy and accurate placement with easy bend
feature when not required.
• Fully tested on a range of solid headers.
• See page 11 for use in sacrificial joist detail.
H
B
Material: 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
W
Model
No.
Dimensions
W H B Support
Number of
Fasteners
Carried
Member
C16
Long Term
Download
Safe Working Loads (kN)
TR26
Long Term
Download
All Flange
Type
Uplift
Short Term
Characteristic Capacity (kN)
C16
Download
TR26
Download
All Flange
Type
Uplift Short
Term
MH40 40 55 56 6 1 4 1 2.50 2.80 2.00 3.90 5.00 1.01
MH46 46 52 56 6 1 4 1 2.50 2.80 2.00 3.90 5.00 1.01
MH50 50 50 56 6 1 4 1 2.50 2.80 2.00 3.90 5.00 1.01
1. 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nails.
48

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists
ET Skewed 45° Hanger
ETA-08/0053
The ET is a one piece non-welded joist
hanger for supporting skewed timber
joists from timber members.
This range is tested and standardised with a
45° skew angle left or right.
Material:
W 2
NEW!
A 1
1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.
Verify that the header can take the required
fasteners specified in the table.
H
W 1
B
Joist
Width
(mm)
Model
No.
Dimensions
W 1 W 2 H B A 1
Member
Supporting
Number of
Fasteners
(4,0x35)
Supported Member
Face Side Base
Safe
Working
Load (kN)
Long
Term
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Download
38 ET248 59 187 95 65 45 14 3 3 3.60 8.80
47 ET260 67 177 97 55 34 16 5 5 4.40 10.60
2 x 38 ET301 108 218 97 55 34 16 5 11 4.70 11.30
1. 4.0x35 refers to CSA4,0x35 nails (available from Simpson Strong-Tie).
2. SWL’s are based on characteristic loads and a global safety factor of 2.4 for long term.
3. Use an LS skewable angle for extra stability if the joist heigh exceeds 195mm.
ET248 Installed
(shown as installed ‘left to right’.
Can also be skewed ‘right to left.’)
49

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists
TU Concealed Beam Hanger
ETA-07/0125
The strength of a steel load-rated connection combines with the natural
beauty of wood in the TU concealed beam hanger. Provides an aesthetically
attractive connection for exposed beams.
Material: 3.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel; Dowels-mild steel.
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.
• Pins aligned across the grain may cause splitting if the wood shrinks excessively. Use only
in glulam, composite timber or well dried timber. Verify that the header can take the required
fasteners specified in the table.
• Attach to the supporting beam with 5.0 x 40mm screws (supplied).
• Specify dowel length and TU size to fit the application.
• Preparation of carried beam is best done off-site with cutting and boring tools.
• Holes in beam should be same diameter as dowel to ensure tight fit.
• Centre the TU within height of carried beam.
• Centre pins within the width of the carried member
• For a sloped installation the TU hanger remains as standard and the timber is cut and angled
to suit the slope.
• Recommended for internal dry environments.
Options: Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details of special installation tools.
• The standard install will leave a 5mm gap between carried and supporting beams.
• Pocket installation gives a fully concealed connection. See opposite.
• Skewed installation up to 60°. Sloped installation maximum 45°.
• Options: Skewed TU available. To be factory ordered.
• Additional screws are available to order.
TU20 (other sizes similar)
U.S. Patent 5,062,733
Model
No.
Min.
Joist
Height
Connector
Dimensions
W H B
Header
Screw
Fasteners
Joist Dowels
Qty.
Dia.
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Dowel Embedment Length
(mm)
Characteristic Capacity (kN) Download
Dowel Embedment Length (mm)
60 80 100 120 60 80 100 120 140 160
Standard Installation
TU12 120 40 96 101 6 4 8 2.6 3.6 4.3 n/a 7.8 8.4 9.1 9.5 9.5 9.5
TU16 160 60 134 108 18 3 12 3.4 4.8 6.1 7.5 19.0 19.4 20.1 21.1 22.1 23.2
TU20 200 60 174 108 22 4 12 5.5 7.7 9.8 12.0 27.5 28.0 29.0 30.4 31.8 33.2
TU24 240 60 214 108 26 5 12 8.0 11.1 14.2 17.4 36.1 36.7 38.0 39.7 41.4 43.1
TU28 280 60 254 108 30 6 12 10.7 14.9 19.2 21.5 44.7 45.4 47.0 48.9 50.8 52.6
Skewed Installation
TU12 120 40 96 101 6 4 8 2.5 2.5 2.5 n/a 6.7 7.3 8.0 8.4 8.4 8.4
TU16 160 60 134 108 18 3 12 3.4 4.8 6.1 6.1 15.6 16.0 16.7 17.5 18.4 19.4
TU20 200 60 174 108 22 4 12 5.5 7.7 9.8 9.8 23.5 24.0 25.0 26.3 27.7 29.2
TU24 240 60 214 108 26 5 12 8.0 11.1 13.3 13.3 31.9 32.6 34.0 35.8 37.7 39.7
TU28 280 60 254 108 30 6 12 10.7 14.9 16.3 16.3 40.7 41.6 43.4 45.6 48.1 50.7
Sloped Installation
TU12 160 40 96 101 6 4 8 2.3 3.1 3.9 n/a 7.8 8.4 9.1 9.5 9.5 9.5
TU16 190 60 134 108 18 3 12 3.0 4.1 5.3 5.3 18.1 18.5 19.0 19.6 20.2 21.0
TU20 225 60 174 108 22 4 12 4.8 6.7 8.5 8.5 26.3 26.9 27.6 28.5 29.4 30.4
TU24 260 60 214 108 26 5 12 6.9 9.6 12.3 12.3 34.8 25.6 36.4 37.6 38.8 40.0
TU28 295 60 254 108 30 6 12 9.3 12.9 16.6 16.6 43.3 44.2 45.3 46.7 48.1 49.5
Skewed and Sloped Installation
TU12 160 40 96 101 6 4 8 2.3 2.5 2.5 n/a 6.5 6.9 7.3 7.9 8.2 8.2
TU16 190 60 134 108 18 3 12 3.0 4.1 5.3 5.3 16.3 16.6 17.0 17.5 18.4 19.1
TU20 225 60 174 108 22 4 12 4.8 6.7 8.5 8.5 24.3 24.8 25.4 26.1 27.4 28.5
TU24 260 60 214 108 26 5 12 6.9 9.6 12.3 12.3 32.9 33.6 34.4 35.5 27.1 38.5
TU28 295 60 254 108 30 6 12 9.3 12.9 16.3 16.3 42.0 42.9 43.9 45.3 47.1 48.9
50

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists
TU Concealed Beam Hanger
ETA-07/0125
Lateral Capacitites (Standard Installation Only)
Model
No.
Min.
Joist
Height
Connector
Dimensions
W H B
Header
Screw
Fasteners
Joist Dowels
Qty.
Dia.
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Dowel Embedment Length (mm)
Characteristic Capacity (kN) Lateral
Dowel Embedment Length (mm)
60 80 100 120 140 160 60 80 100 120 140 160
TU12 120 40 96 101 6 4 8 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0
TU16 160 60 134 108 18 3 12 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.0 2.6 3.3 4.0 4.0 4.0
TU20 200 60 174 108 22 4 12 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.7 3.5 4.4 5.1 5.1 5.1
TU24 240 60 214 108 26 5 12 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.7 2.7 2.7 3.4 4.4 5.3 6.4 6.4 6.4
TU28 280 60 254 108 30 6 12 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.3 5.3 6.4 7.7 7.7 7.7
Beam-to-Post
Beam-to-Beam
Skewed
Beam-to-Beam
Sloped
Beam-to-Beam
Sloped
Beam-to-Beam
Skew Angle
Installation Procedure for a concealed Connector:
Attach connector to header: Position the connector at the pre-determined height and screw the connector to the
header or post. Fill all holes with screws supplied.
Prepare the beam: Cut the beam to the length specified. Cut a slot into the end of the beam. Slot width for TU12
is 6mm and 9mm for all others. Cut the slot 3mm deeper than the TU and short of the beam height for concealed
connector. This allows the connector to be hidden from below. Otherwise cut the slot 3mm deeper than the TU and
through the entire beam height. Fully Concealed Only: Rout a pocket into the beam end. The pocket should be 6mm
deep. Enough to hide the thickness of the TU and the screw heads. This eliminates the gap between the beam &
header (see Pocket Installation Illustration).
Drill beam dowel holes: Position drill guide to provide the proper dowel end distance & height. Clamp in place (Drill
guide available from Simpson Strong-Tie). Drill the dowel holes to the required diameter. Dowel hole diameter for the
TU12 is 8mm and 12mm for all others.
Install beams: Install top dowel into the carried beam first. Slip beam into place and install the remaining dowels
working from the top downwards. Fully Concealed Only: To hide exposed dowel holes when the installation is
complete, glue and plug the holes.
Standard Installation
Pocket (Concealed) Installation
TU
51

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
ITB/HITB I-Joist Hangers
The ITB/HITB is an innovative new hanger that eliminates the
requirement for backer blocks when supported from an I-joist header.
The bottom flange location tabs and an open top flange provide enhanced
capacity and improved ease of installation.
• Eliminates the need for backer blocks with an I-joist to I-joist connection.
• Bottom flange location tabs quickly set the hanger onto the I-joist header.
• Open top flange improves ease-of-installation.
• Only one size of nail required - 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist.
• Optional nail holes for additional download and uplift capacity.
H
ETA-04/0042
ITB
OPEN TOP
FLANGE
TO EASE
INSTALLATION
TRIANGULAR
OPTIONAL
NAIL HOLES
FOR ADDITIONAL
UPLIFT
Material:
ITB: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
HITB: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
ITB Installation:
• Standard Installation (I-joist headers without backer blocks), position the
ITB hanger onto the face of supporting I-joist, ensuring the bottom flanges
are tight up against the underside of the bottom chord and fill all round and
obround holes with the specified nails, starting with the bottom face nails and
ensuring the hanger sides are vertical before fixing the top nails.
• Sit the carried joist into the ITB Hanger and install the specified nails through
the angled pan nail holes into the joist.
• Enhanced Installation (I-joist headers with backer blocks installed) it is
necessary to fit backer blocks into the web of the I-joist header, ensuring they
are tight to the underside of the top chord. All round, obround and triangular
holes are then to be filled with the specified nails, starting with the bottom face
nails and ensuring the hanger sides are vertical before fixing the top nails.
• Enhanced Uplift (I-joists or solid joists with additional joist nails) fit web
stiffeners onto the carried joist and fill all joist triangular nail holes with
specified nails.
• When required, backer blocks and web stiffeners are to be installed in
accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
BOTTOM
FLANGES
50
W
PAN NAIL HOLES
Patent: GB2400384
HITB/-LT
Patent: GB2400384
HITB Installation:
• Designed for use with multiple headers.
• Use 3.75mm x 30mm square twist nails during this installation.
• Ensure the supporting I-joists are connected together in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommended connection methods, i.e. MJC Connectors, or
filler blocks.
• Position the HITB hanger onto the face of the supporting I-joists, ensuring the
bottom flanges are tight up against the underside of the bottom chord.
• Fill all face round and obround holes with nails. Install nails into the holes
within the bottom flanges.
• Flatten the hanger’s open flanges to the top chords of the supporting I-joist
and install a minimum of 4 nails per flange, 2 to the front and 2 to the rear of
the joists.
• Bend the bottom chord tabs over the top face of the bottom chord and install
nails through the obround holes into the the top face of the bottom chord.
• Sit the carried joist into the HITB hanger and install the nails through the round
and obround holes into the joist.
• Web stiffeners required with HITB and HITB-LT.
Typical ITB
Installation
Typical HITB
Installation
52

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
ITB/HITB I-Joist Hangers
ETA-04/0042
ITB Hangers for Timber I-Joists
HITB Hangers Timber I-Joists
With Solid Sawn Flanges
HITB Hangers Timber I-Joists
With Solid Sawn Flanges (Cont’d)
Joist
Width
(mm)
Model No.
Dimension (mm)
Height (H)
Width (W)
Joist
Width
(mm)
Model No.
Dimension (mm)
Height (H)
Width (W)
Joist
Width
(mm)
Model No.
Dimension (mm)
Height (H)
Width (W)
38
45
47
51
58-60
63
70
72
2ply 38
2ply 45
or
89-90
2ply 47
ITB195/40 195 40
ITB200/40 200 40
ITB220/40 220 40
ITB240/40 240 40
ITB300/40 300 40
ITB145/47 145 47
ITB195/47 195 47
ITB200/47 200 47
ITB220/47 220 47
ITB240/47 240 47
ITB245/47 245 47
ITB300/47 300 47
ITB195/50 195 50
ITB220/50 220 50
ITB235/50 235 50
ITB240/50 240 50
ITB245/50 245 50
ITB300/50 300 50
ITB220/53 220 53
ITB240/53 240 53
ITB300/53 300 53
ITB195/61 195 61
ITB200/61 200 61
ITB220/61 220 61
ITB240/61 240 61
ITB245/61 245 61
ITB300/61 300 61
ITB195/66 195 66
ITB220/66 220 66
ITB225/66 225 66
ITB235/66 235 66
ITB240/66 240 66
ITB245/66 245 66
ITB300/66 300 66
ITB200/72 200 72
ITB220/72 220 72
ITB240/72 240 72
ITB300/72 300 72
ITB195/75 195 75
ITB220/75 220 75
ITB245/75 245 75
ITB300/75 300 75
ITB195/78 195 78
ITB200/78 200 78
ITB220/78 220 78
ITB240/78 240 78
ITB300/78 300 78
ITB195/91 195 91
ITB200/91 200 91
ITB220/91 220 91
ITB225/91 225 91
ITB240/91 240 91
ITB245/91 245 91
ITB300/91 300 91
ITB195/96 195 96
ITB220/96 220 96
ITB235/96 235 96
ITB240/96 240 96
ITB245/96 245 96
ITB300/96 300 96
45
47
60
63
70
72
89
2ply 47
97
HITB-LT195/47 195 47
HITB-LT200/47 200 47
HITB-LT220/47 220 47
HITB-LT235/47 235 47
HITB-LT240/47 240 47
HITB-LT245/47 245 47
HITB-LT300/47 300 47
HITB-LT195/50 195 50
HITB-LT220/50 220 50
HITB-LT235/50 235 50
HITB-LT240/50 240 50
HITB-LT245/50 245 50
HITB-LT300/50 300 50
HITB-LT195/61 195 61
HITB-LT200/61 200 61
HITB-LT220/61 220 61
HITB-LT235/61 235 61
HITB-LT240/61 240 61
HITB-LT245/61 245 61
HITB-LT300/61 300 61
HITB-LT195/66 195 66
HITB-LT220/66 220 66
HITB-LT235/66 235 66
HITB-LT245/66 245 66
HITB-LT300/66 300 66
HITB-LT220/72 220 72
HITB-LT240/72 240 72
HITB-LT300/72 300 72
HITB-LT195/75 195 75
HITB-LT220/75 220 75
HITB-LT235/75 235 75
HITB-LT245/75 245 75
HITB-LT300/75 300 75
HITB-LT195/91 195 91
HITB-LT200/91 200 91
HITB-LT220/91 220 91
HITB-LT235/91 235 91
HITB-LT240/91 240 91
HITB-LT245/91 245 91
HITB-LT300/91 300 91
HITB-LT195/96 195 96
HITB-LT220/96 220 96
HITB-LT235/96 235 96
HITB-LT240/96 240 96
HITB-LT245/96 245 96
HITB-LT300/96 300 96
HITB-LT195/100 195 100
HITB-LT220/100 220 100
HITB-LT235/100 235 100
HITB-LT245/100 245 100
HITB-LT300/100 300 100
2 Ply 63
HITB Hangers Timber I-Joists
With LVL Flanges
Joist
Width
(mm)
38
45
51
58
63
2ply 38
89
HITB-LT195/128 195 128
HITB-LT220/128 220 128
HITB-LT235/128 235 128
HITB-LT245/128 245 128
HITB-LT300/128 300 128
Model No.
Dimension (mm)
Height (H)
Width (W)
HITB200/40 200 40
HITB220/40 220 40
HITB240/40 240 40
HITB300/40 300 40
HITB200/47 200 47
HITB220/47 220 47
HITB240/47 240 47
HITB300/47 300 47
HITB220/53 220 53
HITB240/53 240 53
HITB300/53 300 53
HITB200/61 200 61
HITB220/61 220 61
HITB240/61 240 61
HITB300/61 300 61
HITB220/66 220 66
HITB225/66 225 66
HITB240/66 240 66
HITB300/66 300 66
HITB200/78 200 78
HITB220/78 220 78
HITB240/78 240 78
HITB300/78 300 78
HITB200/91 200 91
HITB220/91 220 91
HITB225/91 225 91
HITB240/91 240 91
HITB300/91 300 91
2 Ply 63 HITB225/128
53

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
ITB/HITB I-Joist Hangers
ETA-04/0042
ITB Performance Data for I-Joist with LVL Flanges less than 35mm height:
Model
No.
ITB (H/W)
ITB (H/W)
Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Height Width Header Joist
240 Min 53 Min
300 Max 61 Max
240 Min 53 Min
300 Max 61 Max
Safe Working Load (kN)
Long Term
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short Term
Uplift Down Uplift
Standard 12 2 4.00 1.00 10.83 1.06
Enhanced 18 6 8.40 2.98 17.44 9.33
ITB Performance Data for I-Joist with LVL Flanges equal to or greater than 35mm height:
Model
No.
ITB (H/W)
ITB (H/W)
Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Height Width Header Joist
195 Min 40 Min
300 Max 91 Max
195 Min 40 Min
300 Max 91 Max
Safe Working Load (kN)
Long Term
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short Term
Uplift Down Uplift
Standard 12 2 4.60 1.00 9.15 1.20
Enhanced 18 6 8.40 2.98 17.36 7.61
ITB Performance Data for I-Joist with minimum of C24 Solid Sawn Flanges equal to or greater than 38mm
Model
No.
ITB (H/W)
ITB (H/W)
Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Height Width Header Joist
195 Min 47 Min
300 Max 100 Max
195 Min 47 Min
300 Max 100 Max
Safe Working Load (kN)
Long Term
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short Term
Uplift Down Uplift
Standard 12 2 3.50 1.00 6.73 1.14
Enhanced 18 6 7.50 2.98 17.92 7.96
HITB Performance Data for I-Joist with LVL Flanges less than 35mm height:
Model
No.
HITB (H/W)
Dimensions (mm)
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Height Width Header Joist
240 Min 53 Min
300 Max 61 Max
Safe Working Load (kN)
Long Term
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short Term
Uplift Down Uplift
22 8 6.50 4.80 15.60 11.43
HITB Performance Data for I-Joist with LVL Flanges equal to or greater than 35mm height:
Model
No.
HITB (H/W)
Dimensions (mm)
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Height Width Header Joist
200 Min 53 Min
300 Max 61 Max
Safe Working Load (kN)
Long Term
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short Term
Uplift Down Uplift
22 8 8.00 3.60 17.50 11.43
HITB-LT Performance Data for I-Joist with minimum of C24 Solid Sawn Flanges equal to or greater than 45mm
Model
No.
HITB-LT (H/W)
Dimensions (mm)
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Height Width Header Joist
195 Min 47 Min
300 Max 128 Max
Safe Working Load (kN)
Long Term
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short Term
Uplift Down Uplift
22 8 8.10 4.60 19.10 11.07
54

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
ITBS Backer Free I-Joist Hanger with Adjustable Skew
The revolutionary ITBS reduces build cost, confusion, speed of
installation and stock holding.
ETA-04/0042
ITBS
The ITBS solves the problem of skew hangers in timber to timber
connections. It can be handed left or right on site by the carpenter,
removing confusion when the floor is built opposite to the drawing. The
ITBS is also fully adjustable from 5° to 67.5° skew, reducing the need
for ‘special’ skew hangers. Finally, the ITBS is a Backer Free hanger
removing the need for Backer Blocks in standard installation. Overall, the
revolutionary ITBS reduces build cost, confusion, speed of installation and
stock holding.
• Standard 45° skew, with site adjustable skew from 5° to 67.5°.
• Non-handed hanger, can be left or right skew - adjusted on site,
removing any handing confusion and reducing stock holding.
• Eliminates the need for backer blocks when supported from an I-joist
header.
• Open top flange improves ease-of-installation.
• Only one size of nail required - 3.75 x 30mm.
• Can be used on I-joist or Solid Joist headers.
• Optional nail holes for additional download.
MATERIAL: 1.5mm thick Mild Steel.
H
W
ITBS Skewable Hanger Sizes
ITBS Skewable Hanger Sizes
Joist
Width
(mm)
Model No.
Height (H)
Dimension (mm)
Width (W)
Joist
Width
(mm)
Model No.
Height (H)
Dimension (mm)
Width (W)
38
45
47
51
58-60
63
ITBS195/40 195 40
ITBS200/40 200 40
ITBS220/40 220 40
ITBS240/40 240 40
ITBS301/40 301 40
ITBS195/47 195 47
ITBS200/47 200 47
ITBS220/47 220 47
ITBS240/47 240 47
ITBS245/47 245 47
ITBS301/47 301 47
ITBS195/50 195 50
ITBS220/50 220 50
ITBS235/50 235 50
ITBS240/50 240 50
ITBS245/50 245 50
ITBS301/50 301 50
ITBS200/53 200 53
ITBS220/53 220 53
ITBS240/53 240 53
ITBS301/53 301 53
ITBS195/61 195 61
ITBS200/61 200 61
ITBS220/61 220 61
ITBS240/61 240 61
ITBS245/61 245 61
ITBS301/61 301 61
ITBS220/66 220 66
ITBS240/66 240 66
ITBS301/66 301 66
70
72
2ply 38
2ply 45
or
89-90
2ply 47
97
ITBS200/72 200 72
ITBS220/72 220 72
ITBS240/72 240 72
ITBS301/72 301 72
ITBS195/75 195 75
ITBS220/75 220 75
ITBS245/75 245 75
ITBS301/75 301 75
ITBS195/78 195 78
ITBS200/78 200 78
ITBS220/78 220 78
ITBS240/78 240 78
ITBS301/78 301 78
ITBS195/91 195 91
ITBS200/91 200 91
ITBS220/91 220 91
ITBS240/91 240 91
ITBS245/91 245 91
ITBS301/91 301 91
ITBS220/96 220 96
ITBS240/96 240 96
ITBS301/96 301 96
ITBS195/100 195 100
ITBS220/100 220 100
ITBS245/100 245 100
ITBS301/100 301 100
55

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
ITBS Backer Free I-Joist Hanger with Adjustable Skew
ETA-04/0042
Standard Installation Sequence
Stage 1
Position the back plate
onto the header in
the required position.
Ensure backer blocks
are fitted if enhanced
performance is required.
Stage 2
Secure the
acute side of the
backplate (inside
angle) with the
specified nails.
Stage 3
Adjust the angle of the
backplate (if different
from 45°) to suit the
required angle. Use
either adjustable set
square or the guide
tables shown below:
Bend one time only.
B
B
A
Stage 4
Secure the obtuse
side of the back
plate onto the
header with all the
specified nails,
ensuring the face
of the back plate
is tight against the
header.
Stage 5
Offer the stirrup to the back
plate ensuring it is located on
the correct side (which can be
either left or right hand side).
Once all of the hooks (on the
back plate) are clearly through
the apertures (on the stirrup)
slide in a downward direction
ensuring all hooks engage
onto the stirrup and click into
position.
Stage 6
Locate the floor joist into
the stirrup ensuring the
joist is set tight to the
back of the stirrup. The
joist should be secured
into the stirrup with all
specified nails on the
open face of the stirrup.
Angle Guide Table
50mm BACKPLATE
100mm BACKPLATE
Skew Angle
(A)
Distance
(mm) (B)
Skew Angle
(A)
Distance
(mm) B)
5 o 106 5 o 206
15 o 104 15 o 200
22.5 o 100 22.5 o 190
30 o 95 30 o 180
37.5 o 87 37.5 o 166
45 o 79 45 o 149
52.5 o 69 52.5 o 130
60 o 58 60 o 109
67.5 o 46 67.5 o 86
56

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
ITBS Backer Free I-Joist Hanger with Adjustable Skew
ETA-04/0042
ITBS Performance Data for I-Joist with LVL Flanges less than 35mm height:
Model
No.
ITBS (H/W)
ITBS (H/W)
Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Height Width Header Joist
240 Min 53 Min
301 Max 61 Max
240 Min 53 Min
301 Max 61 Max
Safe Working Load (kN)
Long Term
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short Term
Uplift Down Uplift
Standard 12 1 3.10 0.70 7.50 1.48
Enhanced 22 3 5.50 0.70 13.49 1.48
ITBS Performance Data for I-Joist with LVL Flanges equal to or greater than 35mm height:
Model
No.
ITBS (H/W)
ITBS (H/W)
Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Height Width Header Joist
195 Min 40 Min
302 Max 91 Max
195 Min 40 Min
302 Max 91 Max
Safe Working Load (kN)
Long Term
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short Term
Uplift Down Uplift
Standard 12 1 3.70 0.70 10.22 1.48
Enhanced 22 3 5.50 0.70 14.97 1.48
ITBS Performance Data for I-Joist with minimum of C24 Solid Sawn Flanges equal to or greater than 38mm
Model
No.
ITBS (H/W)
ITBS (H/W)
Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Height Width Header Joist
195 Min 47 Min
301 Max 91 Max
195 Min 47 Min
301 Max 91Max
Safe Working Load (kN)
Long Term
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short Term
Uplift Down Uplift
Standard 12 1 2.10 0.70 7.41 1.48
Enhanced 22 3 6.30 0.70 12.76 1.48
Standard ITBS Installation
Enhanced ITBS Installation
Backer block
installed in
accordance
with the I-Joist
manufacturer’s
requirements.
57

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IHS I-Joist Hole Support
The IHS is designed to strengthen I-joists when holes are required to be cut in locations
not normally permitted.
• Allows holes to be cut 50mm from bearing point,
which allows services to run close to external walls.
• Variable hole sizes from 150mm to a maximum
width of 250mm.
• Supplied in two plates (per side of joist) which
allows the IHS to be fitted, even when services are
already in-situ.
• Helps to eliminate expensive and time consuming
joist trimminng for SVP (soil vent pipe) runs.
• Built-in noggin support feature.
NEW!
IHS INSTALLATION:
• Each IHS consists of 2 sets of 2 interlocking plates with one set required for each side of the I-joist.
• The outer edge of the holes cut into the web of the I-joist can be a minimum of 50mm from the inner face of
the blockwork.
• Holes can be cut into the web of the I-joist before or after installation of the IHS.
• Holes must fit within the internal aperture of the IHS.
• Open or close the IHS to the required width, ensuring that the two sections overlap by at least one row of
nails (minimum overlap of 45mm).
• Place the IHS onto the I-joist so that the top and bottom sliding flanges are aligned vertically central onto the
top and bottom chords of the I-joist.
• Install 3.75x30mm square twist nails through all round holes into the top and bottom chords of the I-joist.
• Repeat the above steps to install plates on the other side of the I-joist, completing the installation.
u
u
50mm from the
face of the bearing
to the hole edge.
Overlapping plate
installed.
Overlapping plates on both
sides of the joist installed.
Joist Height
(mm)
Item Code
195 to 200 IHS195
220 to 225 IHS220
235 IHS235
240 to 245 IHS240
300 to 302 IHS300
1. 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nails.
2. Total number of fasteners per hole in joist.
Fasteners (1)(2)
Bracket Opening Size
150mm
250mm
24 32
Hole cut into the joist
(round or rectangular)
IHS
Please contact SST or I-joist manufacturer for futher information regarding installation and load capacities.
58

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IHS I-Joist Hole Support
IHS Performance with Boise I-Joists
Shear Capacity at Location of IHS (kN)
Joist Type
Joist Height
(mm)
IHS Item Code
Maximum Allowable
Hole Size with IHS
(d x w in mm)
Permissible
(intermediate floor joist applications)
V hole (IHS installed)
Characteristic
V k, hole (IHS installed)
Single Ply Double Ply Single Ply Double Ply
220 IHS220 130 x 250 2.32 3.38 6.25 9.10
BCI60
241 IHS240 150 x 250 2.51 3.65 6.76 9.83
302 IHS300 200 x 250 3.06 4.45 8.24 11.98
220 IHS220 130 x 250 2.32 3.38 6.25 9.10
BCI90
241 IHS240 150 x 250 2.51 3.65 6.76 9.83
302 IHS300 200 x 250 3.06 4.45 8.24 11.98
220 IHS220 130 x 250
1.40
2.04 4.40 5.51
BCI4500
241 IHS240 150 x 250 1.77 2.22 4.78 5.97
302 IHS300 200 x 250 2.17 2.71 5.85 7.31
IHS Performance with James Jones I-Joists
Shear Capacity at Location of IHS (kN)
Joist Type
Joist Height
(mm)
IHS Item Code
Maximum Allowable
Hole Size with IHS
(d x w in mm)
Permissible
(intermediate floor joist applications)
V hole (IHS installed)
Characteristic
V k, hole (IHS installed)
Single Ply Double Ply Single Ply Double Ply
195 IHS195 100 x 250 2.62 3.49 3.38 8.51
JJI-Joist A+
(47mm)
220 IHS220 120 x 250 2.76 3.72 6.80 9.06
235 IHS235 140 x 250 2.90 3.86 7.06 9.42
245 IHS240 150 x 250 2.97 3.96 7.25 9.66
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.41 4.55 8.32 11.09
195 IHS195 100 x 250 2.91 3.88 7.09 9.46
JJI-Joist B+
(63mm)
220 IHS220 120 x 250 3.07 4.10 7.49 9.98
235 IHS235 140 x 250 3.18 4.23 7.74 10.32
245 IHS240 150 x 250 3.25 4.33 7.91 10.55
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.67 4.89 8.95 11.93
195 IHS195 100 x 250 3.06 4.08 7.46 9.95
JJI-Joist C
(72mm)
220 IHS220 120 x 250 3.22 4.30 7.85 10.47
235 IHS235 140 x 250 3.33 4.43 8.11 10.81
245 IHS240 150 x 250 3.40 4.53 8.28 11.04
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.81 5.08 9.29 12.39
195 IHS195 100 x 250 3.46 4.61 8.44 11.25
JJI-Joist D
(97mm)
220 IHS220 120 x 250 3.62 4.83 8.83 11.77
235 IHS235 140 x 250 3.72 4.96 9.07 12.10
245 IHS240 150 x 250 3.79 5.05 9.24 12.32
300 IHS300 200 x 250 4.20 5.60 10.24 13.66
59

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IHS I-Joist Hole Support
IHS Performance with MetsaWood, FinnJoist I-Joists
Shear Capacity at Location of IHS (kN)
Joist Type
Joist Height
(mm)
IHS Item Code
Maximum Allowable
Hole Size with IHS
(d x w in mm)
Permissible
(intermediate floor joist applications)
V hole (IHS installed)
Characteristic
V k, hole (IHS installed)
Single Ply Double Ply Single Ply Double Ply
200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.17 2.53 5.21 6.08
38
45
58
70
89
220 IHS220 125 x 250 2.53 2.95 6.06 7.07
240 IHS240 145 x 250 2.83 3.30 6.78 7.91
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.41 3.98 8.18 9.54
200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.25 2.63 5.41 6.31
220 IHS220 125 x 250 262 3.05 6.28 7.33
240 IHS240 145 x 250 2.93 3.41 7.02 8.19
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.53 4.12 8.48 9.89
200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.40 2.80 5.75 6.71
220 IHS220 125 x 250 2.79 3.25 6.69 7.81
240 IHS240 145 x 250 3.12 3.64 7.48 8.73
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.76 4.39 9.09 10.54
200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.48 2.89 5.95 6.94
220 IHS220 125 x 250 2.88 3.36 6.91 8.06
240 IHS240 145 x 250 3.22 3.76 7.73 9.02
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.89 4.53 9.32 10.88
200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.48 2.89 5.95 6.94
220 IHS220 125 x 250 2.88 3.36 6.91 8.06
240 IHS240 145 x 250 3.22 3.76 7.73 9.02
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.89 4.53 9.32 10.88
IHS Performance with Steico I-Joists
Shear Capacity at Location of IHS (kN)
Joist Type
Joist Height
(mm)
IHS Item Code
Maximum Allowable
Hole Size with IHS
(d x w in mm)
Permissible
(intermediate floor joist applications)
V hole (IHS installed)
Characteristic
V k, hole (IHS installed)
Single Ply Double Ply Single Ply Double Ply
220 IHS220 130 x 250 1.50 2.11 5.93 8.30
SJL 45
SJL 60
SJL 90
240 IHS240 150 x 250 1.62 2.27 6.38 8.93
300 IHS300 200 x 250 1.95 2.73 7.68 10.75
220 IHS220 130 x 250 1.49 2.09 5.88 8.23
240 IHS240 150 x 250 1.60 2.25 6.32 8.85
300 IHS300 200 x 250 1.93 2.70 7.59 10.62
220 IHS220 130 x 250 1.48 2.07 5.83 8.16
240 IHS240 150 x 250 1.59 2.22 6.26 8.76
300 IHS300 200 x 250 1.90 2.66 7.49 10.48
IHS Performance with LP Building Products I-Joists
Shear Capacity at Location of IHS (kN)
Joist Type
Joist Height
(mm)
IHS Item Code
Maximum Allowable
Hole Size with IHS
(d x w in mm)
Permissible
(intermediate floor joist applications)
V hole (IHS installed)
Characteristic
V k, hole (IHS installed)
Single Ply Double Ply Single Ply Double Ply
LPI 20Plus 225 IHS220 130 x 250 3.46 4.75 9.63 13.24
60

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
MJC Multiple Joist Connector
The multi joist connector (MJC) allows two I-joists or two metal web joists to be fixed
together to act as a single unit, transferring the incoming load from the loaded ply to
the unloaded ply.
The MJC is an improved solution to the traditional filler block
detail, which historically has been time consuming to fit and
difficult to check if fitted or if fitted correctly.
It’s simple and effective design allows one size of product to
be used on any joist size – regardless of height or width.
• Quick and simple to install.
• Safely joins multiple I-Joists and Metal Web Joists together, allowing them to
act as a single unit.
• Easy to see that MJC’s are installed (where as filler blocks are not visible).
• One size product fits all joist height and width combinations.
• Just one nail size required: 3.75mm x 30mm square twist.
Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load (1)
Safe Working Load (kN)
Characteristic Load (kN)
Number of
MJC’s (2)
LVL
Flanges
45mm Solid
Sawn Flanges
Metal
Web
LVL
Flanges
45mm Solid
Sawn Flanges
Metal
Web
4 6.84 3.79 3.80 16.46 9.10 9.12
8 10.26 5.69 5.70 24.69 13.65 13.68
Maximum Incoming Regular Load (3)
Safe Working Load (kN)
Characteristic Load (kN)
Number of
MJC’s (4)
LVL
Flanges
45mm Solid
Sawn Flanges
Metal
Web
LVL
Flanges
45mm Solid
Sawn Flanges
Metal
Web
2 3.42 1.90 1.90 8.23 4.55 4.56
4 5.13 2.84 2.85 12.35 6.86 6.84
1. Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load refers to the maximum concentrated load that can be applied when the MJC’s are installed either side of the incoming load.
2. Number of MJC’s equally spaced about the incoming load.
3. Maximum Incoming Regular Load refers to the maximum load that can be applied at regular intervals along the supporting timber.
4. Number of MJC’s between each incoming load.
MJC joining I-joists
MJC joining Metal Web joists
61

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
MJC Multiple Joist Connector
MJC INSTALLATION WITH I-BEAMS:
Step 1:
400mm
Position the MJC’s onto the 1st joist -
ensuring that they are centred about the
incoming load at 400 c/c (may be adjusted
within 10mm each way).
Please note that the connectors can be
installed in any orientation. Secure each
MJC with 4no. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist
Nails, to the top and bottom joist flanges
as shown.
Step 2:
Position 2nd joist ensuring ends are flush
and joists are parallel.
Secure the joist using 2no. 3.75 x 30mm
Square Twist Nails per MJC into the top
and bottom joist flanges as shown.
MJC INSTALLATION WITH METAL-WEB BEAMS
Step One
Position the MJC’s onto the 1st joist -
ensuring that they are centred about the incoming load
at 400 c/c (may be adjusted within 10mm each way).
Secure each MJC with 4no
3.75 x 30mm square twist nails
to the top and bottom
joist flanges as shown.
Step Two
Position 2nd joist
ensuring ends are
flush and joists are
parallel.
400mm
Secure the joist using
2no. 3.75 x 30mm
Square Twist Nails
per MJC into the
top and bottom joist
flanges as shown.
62

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
ZS Slotted Z-Clip
ETA-04/0042
The ZS clip allows I-joists or solid sawn timber to be used as noggings
between joists to support floor decks or partitions.
• Fully interlocking top flange works on all I-joist header widths to prevent overlapping of
opposing clips.
• Slotted bottom flange allows I-joist or solid sawn timber to be used as noggings.
• Triangular nail hole for use with 50mm wide headers, also it ensures that nails can be
staggered when ZS clips are interlocked.
• Embossed bottom flange provides greatly enhanced resistance to bending.
• Obround nail holes in the bottom flange ensure easier angled nailing.
Material:
TF
1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
H
• Use all specified fasteners.
Item Code
Dimensions (mm)
W H B TF
W
B
ZS35N
35 49 31
ZS38N 38 46 31
52
ZS45N 45 39 31
ZS47N 47 37 31
Patent: GB2394757
Typical I-joist Installation
ZS Clips
interlock
allowing
back-to-back
installation
on any I-joist
header width.
Triangle nail
hole ensures
header nails
never line up.
63

SIMPSON
Strong-Tie ®
Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
Top Fix I-Joist Hanger Guidance
Top Fix Hangers - Loads.
The tables below represent the available model series SWL’s and unmodified characteristic capacities for the top flange
hangers that are applicable to the stated installation configurations.
Hanger Selection:
Step One: Select hanger from the tables below based on header type and required capacity.
Step Two: Refer to relevant pages to determine model number based upon joist size.
Typical ITSE
Installation
Typical MIT/ITSE
Installation on Timber
Nailer mounted onto
Steel Beam
38mm Minimum
Typical GLTV
Installation
Solid Headers
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for the range of top flange hangers on solid headers.
Performance values are based upon the model series and do not vary on hanger width or height.
Model
Series
Web
Stiffener
Required
Fasteners
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Solid Header
Short Header Types
Joist Term
Top Face Uplift C16 LVL Up Down
ITSE No 4 2 2 2 2 1 1.07 5.34 6.45 1.01 8.81
MIT No 4 3 2 3 2 1 1.07 7.41 11.79 2.38 11.60
B/BI No 2 3 2 3 2 2 1.38 6.67 8.16 3.12 24.69
LBV No 6 3 4 3 2 1 1.07 9.05 11.41 1.51 17.85
WPU Yes 3 3 4 3 6 1 2.93 18.53 20.91 - -
GLTV Yes 4 3 6 3 6 2 4.92 18.95 33.36 - -
I-Joist Headers
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for the ITSE, MIT, LBV and WPU hangers used on I-joists as headers.
Model
Series
Web
Stiffener
Required
Backer
Blocks
Required
I-Joist
Header
Width
Fasteners
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Characteristic
Solid Header
Short
Header Types
Capacity (kN)
Joist Term C24
Top Face Uplift
LVL 38 LVL33 LVL28 Up Down
ITSE No Yes ≥ 38mm 4 1 2 1 2 1 1.07 3.36 4.67 3.97 3.50 1.01 8.52
MIT No Yes ≥ 58mm 4 1 2 1 2 1 1.07 3.94 5.47 4.65 4.10 2.38 10.70
LBV No Yes ≥ 76mm 6 1 4 1 2 1 1.07 3.94 5.47 4.65 4.10 2.08 13.30
WPU Yes Yes ≥ 58mm 3 1 - 6 1 - 6.49 9.02 7.68 6.76 - -
Timber Nailers
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for hangers used on timber nailers.
The header nail must be substituted for those listed in other tables. Nailers are timber members attached to the
top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall. This table also applies to LBV and WPU sloped-seat hangers.
Model
Series
ITSE
MIT
LBV
WPU
Web
Stiffener
Required
No
No
No
Yes
Nailer
Depth
(mm)
Fasteners
Safe Work Loads
(kN)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Solid Header
Header Types
Joist
Top Face C16 Up Down
38-50 4 1 2 1 2 1 4.67 1.01 6.60
75-100 4 2 2 2 2 1 5.34 1.01 8.81
38-50 4 1 2 1 2 1 5.47 2.38 8.50
75-100 4 2 2 2 2 1 5.58 2.38 10.75
38-50 6 1 4 1 2 1 5.47 1.34 10.20
75-100 6 2 4 2 2 1 9.05 1.34 16.17
38-50 3 1 - 2 1 9.02 - -
75-100 3 2 - 2 1 11.16 - -
1. 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nails
2. 3.75mm x 75mm Round Wire Nails
3. 4.0mm x 100mm Round Wire Nails
64

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
ITSE/MIT Top Flange I-Joist Hanger
ETA-04/0042
The ITSE and MIT are a one piece, non welded, top fix hangers for
supporting I-joists from timber members.
The ITSE hanger incorporates the “Strong Grip” which secures the I-Joist
without the need for any fasteners - where no uplift is required.
ITSE
• Value-engineered for maximum performance. The offset seat feature allows
better joist bearing positioning. Joist top flanges are laterally restrained
by the side of the hanger, eliminating the need for web stiffeners. I-joist
manufacturers may require web stiffeners.
• Reduced embossing on the ITSE’s top flange, and the hanger height sized
less than the joist height allows easier fitting for smooth floor alignment.
• Patented Positive Angle Nailing (PAN): This feature is specifically designed for
I-joists when used with the MIT.
• With Positive Angle Nailing (PAN), the slotted hole material is not removed, but
issued to channel and confine the path of the nail to the optimum angle. PAN
minimises splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving nailing from a
better angle.
• These models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5°.
W
63
MIT
H
129-150
Patent
EP1212493
Material:
ITSE—1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
MIT—1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
59
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12). Verify that the
header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
• Face flange triangle hole (optional) secures hanger against header.
6
64
ITSE Shot Fired Installation
Model No.
Steel Support
Qty Fasteners
Joist Nails
Safe Working Load (kN)
40mm to 100mm 4: shot-fired pins 2: 3.75mm x 30mm 5.27
1. The ITSE hanger can be shot-fired to steel. Contact Simpson for details.
2. The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation
requirements.
3. Pins must be installed in the round holes provided in the top flange of the ITSE.
Typical ITSE
Installation
Typical MIT/ITSE Installation
on Timber Nailer mounted
onto Steel Beam
Use specified fastener installed as shown
where uplift is required.
This new hanger incorporates the “Strong
Grip” that secures the I-Joist without the
need for any fasteners – where no uplift
performance is required.
65

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
ITSE/MIT Top Flange I-Joist Hanger
Top Flange Hangers - ITSE
Width
(mm)
38
45
47
51
58/59
60
63
70
Joist Size
Height
(mm)
Model No.
Dimension (mm)
Height (H)
Width (W)
200 ITSE199/41 199 41
220 ITSE219/41 219 41
240 ITSE239/41 239 41
300 ITSE299/41 299 41
200 ITSE199/48 199 48
220 ITSE219/48 219 48
240 ITSE239/48 239 48
300 ITSE299/48 299 48
350 ITSE349/48 349 48
356 ITSE355/48 355 48
360 ITSE359/48 359 48
400 ITSE399/48 399 48
145 ITSE144/50 144 50
195 ITSE194/50 194 50
200 ITSE199/50 199 50
220 ITSE219/50 219 50
235 ITSE234/50 234 50
240 ITSE239/50 239 50
245 ITSE244/50 244 50
300 ITSE299/50 299 50
350 ITSE349/50 349 50
400 ITSE399/50 399 50
220 ITSE219/54 219 54
240 ITSE239/54 239 54
300 ITSE299/54 299 54
356 ITSE355/54 355 54
200 ITSE199/61 199 61
220 ITSE219/61 219 61
240 ITSE239/61 239 61
300 ITSE299/61 299 61
356 ITSE355/61 355 61
360 ITSE359/61 359 61
400 ITSE399/61 399 61
406 ITSE405/61 405 61
200 ITSE199/63 199 63
220 ITSE219/63 219 63
240 ITSE239/63 239 63
300 ITSE299/63 299 63
360 ITSE359/63 359 63
400 ITSE399/63 399 63
195 ITSE194/66 194 66
220 ITSE219/66 219 66
225 ITSE224/66 224 66
235 ITSE234/66 234 66
240 ITSE239/66 239 66
245 ITSE244/66 244 66
300 ITSE299/66 299 66
356 ITSE355/66 355 66
406 ITSE405/66 405 66
200 ITSE199/73 199 73
220 ITSE219/73 219 73
240 ITSE239/73 239 73
300 ITSE299/73 299 73
350 ITSE349/73 349 73
400 ITSE399/73 399 73
Top Flange Hangers - ITSE
Width
(mm)
72
89
2 Ply 47
97
Top Flange Hangers - MIT
Width
(mm)
45
Joist Size
Height
(mm)
Model No.
ETA-04/0042
Dimension (mm)
Height (H)
Width (W)
241 MIT9.5 241 46
302 MIT11.88 302 46
58 356 MIT3514 355 60
2 Ply 38
90
2 Ply 58
Joist Size
Height
(mm)
Model No.
Dimension (mm)
Height (H)
Width (W)
195 ITSE194/75 194 75
220 ITSE219/75 219 75
235 ITSE234/75 234 75
245 ITSE244/75 244 75
300 ITSE299/75 299 75
350 ITSE349/75 349 75
400 ITSE399/75 399 75
200 ITSE199/92 199 92
220 ITSE219/92 219 92
225 ITSE224/92 224 92
240 ITSE239/92 239 92
255 ITSE254/92 254 92
300 ITSE299/92 299 92
350 ITSE349/92 349 92
356 ITSE355/92 355 92
360 ITSE359/92 359 92
400 ITSE399/92 399 92
406 ITSE405/92 405 92
195 ITSE194/96 194 96
220 ITSE219/96 219 96
235 ITSE234/96 234 96
245 ITSE244/96 244 96
300 ITSE299/96 299 96
220 ITSE219/100 219 100
235 ITSE234/100 234 100
245 ITSE244/100 244 100
300 ITSE299/100 299 100
350 ITSE349/100 349 100
400 ITSE399/100 399 100
241 MIT29.5-2 241 79
302 MIT211.88-2 302 79
241 MIT49.5 241 90
302 MIT411.88 302 90
356 MIT414 355 90
241 MIT359.5-2 241 116
302 MIT3511.88-2 302 120
356 MIT3514-2 355 120
2ply 63 241 MIT39.5-2 241 127
66

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
LBV/BI I-Joist Top Flange Hanger
ETA-04/0042
LBV and BI hangers are one-piece, non-welded joist hangers
for supporting I-joists and structural composite timber from
timber members.
• This design configuration has the material section where it counts,
resulting in maximum load values.
• The LBV is designed especially for use with multiple ply headers of
38mm or 45mm thick.
Material:
LBV: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel;
BI: 2.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12). Verify that
the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
• Web stiffeners are required for use with the BI hanger style and
sloped or skewed LBV hangers.
• The LBV and BI hangers may be used for weld on applications. The
minimum required weld for the top flanges is a 3.0 x 50mm fillet weld
on each side of the top flange tabs. Weld-on applications produce
maximum allowable loads listed. Uplift loads do not apply for this
application. Special considerations should be taken when welding
galvanised steel.
LBV Skew Option
Options:
• Other widths and heights are available as a special order, contact
factory for details.
• LBV and BI series hangers can be skewed and sloped to a maximum
of 45°. See table for load adjustment factors.
• To order specials, use model number SPEC LBV or SPEC B and add
required dimensions and directions: D=seat sloped down, U=seat
sloped up, R=skewed right, L=skewed left. Example: SPEC LBV H =
220, W = 91. D30 R45 is an LBV220/91 with a sloped down seat 30°
and skewed right 45°.
Model No.
Skewed and Sloped Performance Value Adjustment Factors
Uplift Skew
> 15°
Skew Only
Slope Only
< = 30°
Down
Slope Only
> 30°
Skew & Slope
LBV 0.5 0.9 Table 0.8 0.7
BI 0.5 0.6 Table 0.8 0.7
SKL
SPECIFIED SKEW ANGLE
MAX 45 DEGREES
Typical LBV Installation
LBV is acceptable for weld-on applications
LBV Skewed Installation
67

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
LBV/BI I-Joist Top Flange Hanger
Top Flange Hangers - LBV
Width
(mm)
38
45
Joist Size
Height
(mm)
Model No.
Height (H)
Dimension (mm)
Width (W)
140 LBV140/40 140 40
184 LBV184/40 184 40
195 LBV195/40 195 40
220 LBV220/40 220 40
235 LBV235/40 235 40
241 LBV29.5 241 40
302 LBV211.88 302 40
356 LBV214 356 40
195 LBV195/47 195 47
200 LBV200/47 200 47
220 LBV220/47 220 47
235 LBV235/47 235 47
241 LBV9.5 241 46
245 LBV245/47 245 47
302 LBV11.88 302 47
350 LBV350/47 350 47
400 LBV400/47 400 47
450 LBV450/47 450 47
60 200 LBV200/60 200 60
75
2ply 38
2ply 45
or 89
97
202 LBV202/75 202 75
223 LBV223/75 223 75
254 LBV254/75 254 75
302 LBV302/75 302 75
403 LBV403/75 403 75
140 LBV140/79 140 79
184 LBV184/79 184 79
195 LBV195/78 195 78
220 LBV220/78 220 78
235 LBV235/78 235 78
240 LBV240/78 240 78
245 LBV245/78 245 78
300 LBV300/78 300 78
350 LBV350/78 350 78
356 LBV214-2 356 79
400 LBV400/78 400 78
450 LBV450/78 450 78
145 LBV145/91 145 91
195 LBV195/91 195 91
200 LBV200/91 200 91
220 LBV220/91 220 91
235 LBV235/91 235 91
245 LBV/245/91 245 91
302 LBV11.88-2 302 90
350 LBV350/91 350 91
400 LBV400/91 400 91
450 LBV450/91 450 91
195 LBV195/100 195 100
202 LBV202/100 202 100
219 LBV219/100 219 100
223 LBV223/100 223 100
235 LBV235/100 235 100
245 LBV245/100 245 100
254 LBV254/100 254 100
300 LBV300/100 300 100
302 LBV302/100 302 100
350 LBV350/100 350 100
400 LBV400/100 400 100
403 LBV403/100 403 100
450 LBV450/100 450 100
Top Flange Hangers - LBV
Width
(mm)
2ply 51
116
2ply 58
2ply 60
125
Joist Size
Height
(mm)
Model No.
ETA-04/0042
Height (H)
Dimension (mm)
Width (W)
241 LBV4.12/9.5 241 105
301 LBV4.12/11.88 301 105
356 LBV4.12/14 356 105
406 LBV4.12/16 406 105
195 LBV195/118 195 118
220 LBV220/118 220 118
235 LBV235/118 235 118
240 LBV240/118 240 118
300 LBV300/118 300 118
350 LBV350/118 350 118
400 LBV400/118 400 118
200 LBV200/120 200 120
241 LBV359.5-2 241 120
302 LBV3511.88-2 302 121
195 LBV195/122 195 122
220 LBV220/122 220 122
235 LBV235/122 235 122
245 LBV245/122 245 122
300 LBV300/122 300 122
350 LBV350/122 350 122
400 LBV400/122 400 122
450 LBV450/122 450 122
202 LBV202/125 202 125
223 LBV223/125 223 125
254 LBV254/125 254 125
302 LBV302/125 302 125
403 LBV403/125 403 125
Top Flange Hangers - B Hangers
Width
(mm)
150
180
Joist Size
Height
(mm)
Model No.
Height (H)
Dimension (mm)
Width (W)
202 B202/150 202 150
223 B223/150 223 150
254 B254/150 254 150
302 B302/150 302 150
403 B403/150 403 150
200 B200/180 200 180
241 BI49.5-2 241 181
302 BI411.88-2 302 180
68

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
WPU/GLTV For I-Joist & Structural Composite Timber
These are welded joist hangers for supporting I-joists and structural
composite timber from timber members.
GLTV
• These hangers offer the greatest design flexibility and versatility.
• GLTV hangers are designed for use with structural composite lumber headers
(not I-Joist) and may take heavy loads. The top flange nails are sized and
specifically located to prevent degradation of the header due to splitting of
laminations.
Material:
75
75
WPU - 5mm top flange, 2.5mm stirrup - mild steel.
GLTV - 5mm top flange and stirrup - mild steel.
130
FINISH: WPU - Hot-dip galvanised; GLTV - Hot-dip galvanised.
SAFE WORKING LOADS: For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the SWL is
0.5 of the table load.
Installation:
65
65
• Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12). Verify that the header
can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
• All multiple members must be secured together to work as a single unit before
installation into the hanger.
• Web stiffeners are required for I-joists with all of these hanger styles.
• These hangers may be used for weld on applications. The minimum required
welds for the top flanges are 5mm x 38mm for WPU and 6mm x 63mm for GLTV,
fillet welds located at each end of the top flange. Weld-on applications produce
maximum allowable loads listed. Uplift loads do not apply for this application.
Options:
WPU Straddle Hanger
WPU
• Other widths and heights are available as a special order, contact Simpson
Strong-Tie for details.
• Straddle available-specify S dimension.
• These hangers can be skewed and sloped to a maximum of 45°.
• Check with the factory for WPU with a width of greater than 89mm for skewed
availability.
• For skews greater than 15°, multiply the table uplift load by 0.50.
• For sloped and skewed GLTV configurations the SWL is the lesser of the table
load or 24.46kN.
• For sloped only, the SWL is the lesser of the load listed or 28.91kN for the GLTV.
• For skewed only, the SWL is the lesser of the load listed or 29.13kN for the GLTV.
Typical WPU Skewed Left
(Top View)
Typical GLTV Installation
Typical GLTV Sloped Down
Skewed Right with Low Side Flush
SIMPSON
Strong-Tie ®
CL
69

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
WPU/GLTV For I-Joist & Structural Composite Timber
Top Flange Hangers - WPU (web stiffeners required)
Width
(mm)
45
2ply 45
or 89
116
Joist Size
Height
(mm)
Model No.
Height (H)
Dimension (mm)
Width (W)
184 WPU184/47 184 47
200 WPU200/47 200 47
235 WPU235/47 235 47
241 WPU241/47 241 47
302 WPU302/47 302 47
356 WPU355/47 355 47
406 WPU406/47 406 47
90 WPU90/91 90 91
115 WPU115/91 115 91
184 WPU184/91 184 91
195 WPU195/91 195 91
200 WPU200/91 200 91
220 WPU220/91 220 91
235 WPU235/91 235 91
240 WPU240/91 240 91
245 WPU245/91 245 91
300 WPU300/91 300 91
350 WPU350/91 350 91
400 WPU400/91 400 91
90 WPU90/116 90 116
115 WPU115/116 115 116
200 WPU200/116 200 116
300 WPU300/116 300 116
350 WPU350/116 350 116
2ply 58 406 WPU406/120 406 120
184 WPU184/135 184 135
195 WPU195/135 195 135
220 WPU220/135 220 135
235 WPU235/135 235 135
3ply 45 or
245 WPU245/135 245 135
133
300 WPU300/135 300 135
350 WPU350/135 350 135
400 WPU400/135 400 135
450 WPU450/135 450 135
90 WPU90/142 90 142
115 WPU115/142 115 142
140
200 WPU200/142 200 142
300 WPU300/142 300 142
350 WPU350/142 350 142
400 WPU400/142 400 142
195 WPU195/146 195 146
220 WPU220/146 220 146
235 WPU235/146 235 146
2ply 72 245 WPU245/146 245 146
300 WPU300/146 300 146
350 WPU350/146 350 146
400 WPU400/146 400 146
195 WPU195/152 195 152
220 WPU220/152 220 152
235 WPU235/152 235 152
2ply 75
245 WPU245/152 245 152
300 WPU300/152 300 152
350 WPU350/152 350 152
400 WPU400/152 400 152
450 WPU450/152 450 152
2ply 89 or
178
195 WPU195/180 195 180
220 WPU220/180 220 180
235 WPU235/180 235 180
240 WPU240/180 240 180
300 WPU300/180 300 180
350 WPU350/180 350 180
356 WPU356/180 356 180
400 WPU400/180 400 180
406 WPU406/180 406 180
Top Flange Hangers - GLTV (web stiffeners required)
Width
(mm)
68
2ply 45
or 90
3ply 45
or 133
4ply 45
or 2 ply
89
or 178
2ply 97
Joist Size
Height
(mm)
Model No.
Height (H)
Dimension (mm)
Width (W)
235 GLTV235/70 235 70
241 GLTV241/70 241 70
302 GLTV302/70 302 70
355 GLTV355/70 355 70
406 GLTV406/70 406 70
200 GLTV200/91 200 91
235 GLTV235/91 235 91
241 GLTV241/91 241 91
302 GLTV302/91 302 91
355 GLTV355/91 355 91
406 GLTV406/91 406 91
457 GLTV457/91 457 91
200 GLTV200/135 200 135
235 GLTV235/135 235 135
241 GLTV241/135 241 135
302 GLTV302/135 302 135
355 GLTV355/135 355 135
406 GLTV406/135 406 135
457 GLTV457/135 457 135
184 GLTV184/180 184 180
235 GLTV235/180 235 180
241 GLTV241/180 241 180
301 GLTV302/180 302 180
356 GLTV356/180 356 180
406 GLTV406/180 406 180
457 GLTV457/180 457 180
195 GLTV195/196 195 196
220 GLTV220/196 220 196
235 GLTV235/196 235 196
245 GLTV245/196 245 196
300 GLTV300/196 300 196
350 GLTV350/196 350 196
400 GLTV400/196 400 196
450 GLTV450/196 450 196
70

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IUSE Face Fix I-Joist Hanger
ETA-04/0042
The IUSE is a one piece, non-welded face fix hanger for
supporting I-joists from timber members.
This new hanger incorporates the “Strong Grip” which secures the
I-Joist without the need for any fasteners - where no uplift is required.
• Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side of the hanger,
eliminating the need for web stiffeners. I-joist manufacturers may
require web stiffeners.
H
Material: 1.2mm
Enhanced Uplift Loads: The IUSE has optional triangular nail holes
for additional uplift. Properly attached web stiffeners will be required
for Enhanced uplift. Please contact I-Joist manufacturer for details.
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page
12). Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in
the table.
Options: Because these hangers are fully die-formed, they cannot be
modified. However these models will normally accommodate a skew
of up to 5°.
W
Patent
EP1212493
Typical IUSE Installations
This new hanger incorporates the
“Strong Grip” that secures the
I-Joist without the need for any
fasteners – where no uplift
performance is required.
Use specified fastener installed as
shown where uplift is required.
71

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IUSE Face Fix I-Joist Hanger
ETA-04/0042
IUSE Hangers (Continued on next page)
Joist Size
Dimension (mm)
Qty Fasteners
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Width
(mm)
Height
(mm)
Model No.
H W B Face Joist
C16 & I-Joist Header LVL Header C16 & I-Joist Header LVL Header
Long Term Long Term Download Download
38
45
47
51
58 to 59
200 IUSE199/41 199 41 51
220 IUSE219/41 219 41 51
240 IUSE239/41 239 41 51
300 IUSE299/41 299 41 51
350 IUSE349/41 349 41 51
200 IUSE199/48 199 48 51
220 IUSE219/48 219 48 51
240 IUSE239/48 239 48 51
300 IUSE299/48 299 48 51
350 IUSE349/48 349 48 51
356 IUSE355/48 355 48 51
360 IUSE359/48 359 48 51
400 IUSE399/48 399 48 51
145 IUSE144/50 144 50 51
195 IUSE194/50 194 50 51
200 IUSE199/50 199 50 51
220 IUSE219/50 219 50 51
235 IUSE234/50 234 50 51
240 IUSE239/50 239 50 51
245 IUSE244/50 244 50 51
300 IUSE299/50 299 50 51
350 IUSE349/50 349 50 51
400 IUSE399/50 399 50 51
220 IUSE219/54 219 54 51
240 IUSE239/54 239 54 51
300 IUSE299/54 299 54 51
356 IUSE355/54 355 54 51
200 IUSE199/61 199 61 51
220 IUSE219/61 219 61 51
240 IUSE239/61 239 61 51
300 IUSE299/61 299 61 51
356 IUSE355/61 355 61 51
360 IUSE359/61 359 61 51
400 IUSE399/61 399 61 51
406 IUSE405/61 405 61 51
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 6 Opt 1 2 2.09 2.44 3.80 8.10
Opt 2 6 Opt 1 2 2.57 2.97 7.86 10.68
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Fasteners: Opt 1=3.75mm x 30mm; Opt 2=3.75mm x 75mm.
72

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IUSE Face Fix I-Joist Hanger
ETA-04/0042
IUSE Hangers (continued on next page)
Joist Size
Dimension (mm)
Qty Fasteners
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Width
(mm)
Height
(mm)
Model No.
H W B Face Joist
C16 & I-Joist Header LVL Header C16 & I-Joist Header LVL Header
Long Term Long Term Download Download
60
63
70
72
200 IUSE199/63 199 63 51
220 IUSE219/63 219 63 51
240 IUSE239/63 239 63 51
300 IUSE299/63 299 63 51
360 IUSE359/63 359 63 51
400 IUSE399/63 399 63 51
195 IUSE194/66 194 66 51
220 IUSE219/66 219 66 51
225 IUSE224/66 224 66 51
238 IUSE234/66 234 66 51
240 IUSE239/66 239 66 51
245 IUSE244/66 244 66 51
300 IUSE299/66 299 66 51
330 IUSE329/66 329 66 51
356 IUSE355/66 355 66 51
406 IUSE405/66 405 66 51
200 IUSE199/73 199 73 51
220 IUSE219/73 219 73 51
240 IUSE239/73 239 73 51
300 IUSE299/73 299 73 51
350 IUSE349/73 349 73 51
360 IUSE359/73 359 73 51
390 IUSE389/73 389 73 51
400 IUSE399/73 399 73 51
195 IUSE194/75 194 75 51
220 IUSE219/75 219 75 51
235 IUSE234/75 234 75 51
245 IUSE244/75 244 75 51
300 IUSE299/75 299 75 51
350 IUSE349/75 349 75 51
400 IUSE399/75 399 75 51
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 18 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 18 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Fasteners: Opt 1=3.75mm x 30mm, Opt 2=3.75mm x 75mm.
73

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IUSE Face Fix I-Joist Hanger
ETA-04/0042
IUSE Hangers (continued from previous page)
Joist Size
Dimension (mm)
Qty Fasteners
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Width
(mm)
Height
(mm)
Model No.
H W B Face Joist
C16 & I-Joist Header LVL Header C16 & I-Joist Header LVL Header
Long Term Long Term Download Download
89 to 90
2 Ply 47
97
200 IUSE199/92 199 92 51
220 IUSE219/92 219 92 51
225 IUSE224/92 224 92 51
240 IUSE239/92 239 92 51
255 IUSE254/92 254 92 51
300 IUSE299/92 299 92 51
350 IUSE349/92 349 92 51
356 IUSE355/92 355 92 51
360 IUSE359/92 359 92 51
400 IUSE399/92 399 92 51
406 IUSE405/92 405 92 51
195 IUSE194/96 194 96 51
220 IUSE219/96 219 96 51
235 IUSE234/96 234 96 51
245 IUSE244/96 244 96 51
300 IUSE299/96 299 96 51
195 IUSE194/100 194 100 51
220 IUSE219/100 219 100 51
235 IUSE234/100 234 100 51
245 IUSE244/100 244 100 51
300 IUSE299/100 299 100 51
350 IUSE349/100 349 100 51
400 IUSE399/100 399 100 51
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 2.44 2.84 5.28 9.45
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 2.44 2.84 5.28 9.45
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 3.41 3.98 8.80 13.23
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 3.41 3.98 8.80 13.23
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 3.89 4.55 10.08 15.12
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 3.89 4.55 10.08 15.12
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 2.44 2.84 5.28 9.45
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 2.44 2.84 5.28 9.45
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 3.41 3.98 8.80 13.23
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 3.41 3.98 8.80 13.23
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 3.89 4.55 10.08 15.12
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 3.89 4.55 10.08 15.12
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 4.38 5.12 11.34 17.01
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 4.38 5.12 11.34 17.01
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 4.38 5.12 11.34 17.01
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 4.38 5.12 11.34 17.01
Fasteners: Opt 1=3.75mm x 30mm; Opt 2=3.75mm x 75mm.
74

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
MIU/HIU Face Fix I-Joist Hangers
ETA-04/0042
MIU and HIU hangers are one piece, non-welded, face mounted hangers for supporting
I-joists from timber members.
• The MIU and HIU hangers feature Positive Angle Nailing (PAN), which minimises splitting of the flanges
while permitting time-saving nailing from a better angle. With PAN nailing, the slotted hole material is
not removed, but is used to channel and confine the path of the nail to the optimum angle.
• Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side of the hanger, eliminating the need for web
stiffeners. I-joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.
Material: MIU: 1.5mm; HIU: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Enhanced uplift loads:
The MIU and HIU have optional triangular nail holes for additional uplift. Properly attached web stiffeners
may be required for Enhanced uplift. Please contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12). Verify that the header can take the required
fasteners specified in the table.
• Web stiffeners are not required with I-joists when the joist top flange is laterally supported by the sides
of the hanger, I-joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.
Options:
These hangers are fully die-formed, they cannot be modified. However these models will normally
accommodate a skew of up to 5°.
Typical MIU/HIU Installation
with correct PAN configuration
75

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
MIU/HIU Face Fix I-Joist Hangers
ETA-04/0042
MIU Hangers
Width
(mm)
70
2
ply
38
89-90
2
ply
47
97
116
120
2
ply
63
Width
(mm)
Joist Size
Dimension (mm)
Qty Fasteners
Model No.
C16 & I-Joist
Height (mm) H W B Face 1 Joist 2 Supporting Member
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
LVL
Supporting Member
Characteristic Download
Capacity (kN)
Long Term Download Long Term Download C16 & I-Joist LVL
220-240 MIU217/72 217 72 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 MIU280/72 280 72 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 MIU330/72 330 72 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 MIU380/72 380 72 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
195-200 MIU192/78 192 78 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
220-245 MIU217/78 217 78 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 MIU280/78 280 78 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
145 MIU142/92 142 92 64 8 2 3.42 3.96 9.15 14.24
195-200 MIU192/92 192 92 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
220-245 MIU217/92 217 92 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 MIU280/92 280 92 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 MIU330/92 330 92 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 MIU380/92 380 92 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
195 MIU192/96 192 96 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
220-240 MIU217/96 217 96 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 MIU280/96 280 96 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 MIU330/96 330 96 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 MIU380/96 380 96 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
195-200 MIU192/100 192 100 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
220-245 MIU217/100 217 100 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 MIU280/100 280 100 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 MIU330/100 330 100 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 MIU380/100 380 100 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
450 MIU430/100 430 100 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
195-200 MIU192/118 192 118 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
220-245 MIU217/118 217 118 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 MIU280/118 280 118 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 MIU330/118 330 118 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 MIU380/118 380 118 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
195-200 MIU192/122 192 122 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
220-245 MIU217/122 217 122 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 MIU280/122 280 122 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
195 MIU192/130 192 130 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
220-245 MIU217/130 217 130 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 MIU280/130 280 130 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 MIU330/130 330 130 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 MIU380/130 380 130 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
(1) 3.75mm x 75mm. (2) 3.75mm x 30mm.
HIU Hangers
2
ply
70
144
2
ply
89
2
ply
90
194
Joist Size
Model No.
Dimension (mm)
Qty Fasteners
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
Height (mm) H W B Face 1 Joist 2 C16 & I-Joist LVL
Characteristic Download
Capacity (kN)
Long Term Long Term C16 & I-Joist LVL
220-240 HIU217/142 217 142 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 HIU280/142 280 142 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 HIU330/142 330 142 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 HIU380/142 380 142 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
195-200 HIU192/146 192 146 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
220-245 HIU217/146 217 146 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 HIU280/146 280 146 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 HIU330/146 330 146 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 HIU380/146 380 146 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
220-240 HIU217/180 217 180 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 HIU280/180 280 180 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 HIU330/180 330 180 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 HIU380/180 380 180 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
220-240 HIU217/184 217 184 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 HIU280/184 280 184 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 HIU330/184 330 184 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 HIU380/184 380 184 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
195-200 HIU192/196 192 196 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
220-245 HIU217/196 217 196 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 HIU280/196 280 196 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 HIU330/196 330 196 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 HIU380/196 380 196 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
(1) 3.75mm x 75mm. (2) 3.75mm x 30mm.
76

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
Sacrificial Joist Detail
The MH provides a cost efffective and easy to install method of fixing a set of I-joists (solid or LVL flange)
that provide support for a sacrificial floor deck in buildings where work is continuing.
The MH is a one-piece galvanised joist hanger, available in a range of widths.
• Suitable for use with solid or LVL flanged I-joists.
• Seat tab ensures easy and accurate placement and alignment.
• Manufactured from 1.0mm pre-galvanised mid steel.
For the sacrificial joist installation, a MH hanger MUST be fitted to the top and bottom flanges. This
prevents the rotation of the joists. The hangers are intended for one use only. Once removed they
MUST NOT be re-used.
A sacrificial floor deck is a temporary deck that closes off an opening in the floor zone - such as a
stairwell.
The stated performance values are based upon 2 no. MH hangers being installed as per the installation
illustration below.
H
B
W
Model
No.
Dimensions
H W B Support
Number
of
Fasteners (1)
Carried
Member
MH40 55 40 56 4 2
MH46 52 46 56 4 2
MH50 50 50 56 4 2
Safe
Working Loads (2)
kN
I-Joist
(Solid and LVL Flange)
Characteristic
Loads (2)
kN
I-Joist
(Solid and LVL Flange)
2.5 4.6
1. 3.75x30mm square twist nails.
2. Based upon 2 no. MH hangers installed - one to top and one to bottom flange.
77

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
MH Mini Hanger for I-Joists
ETA-07/0150
The MH is a one piece galvanised hanger available in a range of
widths for light duty applications such as trimmers and
ceiling joists
• Suitable for use with solid and I-joist headers.
• Tab on seat ensures easy and accurate placement with easy bend
feature when not required.
• Fully tested on a range of headers.
• See page 71 for use in sacrificial joist detail.
H
B
Material: 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
W
Installation: For solid headers fill all round and triangular holes with nails.
The hanger depth should be at least 60% of the carried member depth to
prevent rotation, if less than 60% additional lateral restraint is required to the
top of the carried member.
Model
No.
Dimensions
W H B Support
Number of
Fasteners
Carried
Member
C24
Flanges
Long Term
Download
Safe Working Loads (kN)
LVL (38mm)
Flanges
Long Term
Download
All Flange
Type
Uplift
Short Term
Characteristic Capacity (kN)
C24
Flanges
Download
LVL (38mm)
Flanges
Download
All Flange
Type
Uplift Short
Term
MH40 40 55 56 4 2
MH46 46 52 56 4 2
MH50 50 50 56 4 2
2.00 1.50 1.00 3.90 3.60 1.01
1. 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nails.
HU/U Face Fix Hangers
ETA-04/0042
Heavy-duty hangers designed for applications requiring additional strength.
• Composite HU hangers have round and triangle nail holes in to the face and joist.
• The hanger depth is to be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent rotation, unless additional lateral
restraint is added to the top of the carried member.
Material: U: 1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel. HU: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
Composite HU hangers can be installed according to two different nailing schedules. To achieve maximum published
loads all round and triangular holes must be filled with the specified fasteners.
Options: Slope and skew options available for all HU hangers. Skews right or left up to 67.5° and slopes up or down
up to 45°. Hangers with skews greater than 15° may have all joist nailing on the outside angle. Concealed flanges
available on some models. Specify HUC.
Minimum Width = 70mm for composite HU hangers.
Typical HU Post Installation
Typical HU Installation With
Composite Wood Joist
Typical HU(X) Sloped Down, Skewed
Right Installation
78

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
HU/U Face Fix Hangers
ETA-04/0042
Width
(mm)
Joist Size
Height
(mm)
Model
No.
Dimension (mm)
H W B
Qty Fasteners
Nailing
Face Joist
Schedule
Short
Term
Uplift
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
C16 & I-Joist
C16 & I-Joist
LVL Header
LVL
Header
Header
Uplift
Long Term Long Term Download Download
38 89-114 HU26 78 40 57 Std 4 3 2 1 0.93 2.47 2.70 1.80 3.41 6.29
184-241 HU7 170 46 64
Min 12 3 4 1 2.14 7.42 8.09 3.60 14.57 22.61
Max 16 3 8 1 4.27 9.89 10.78 7.20 19.43 30.15
45
241-302 HU9 235 46 63
Min 18 3 6 1 3.20 11.12 12.13 5.40 23.68 35.03
Max 24 3 10 1 5.34 14.83 16.16 9.00 31.57 46.70
302-356 HU11 279 46 63
Min 22 3 6 1 3.20 13.60 14.83 5.40 29.70 43.24
Max 30 3 10 1 5.34 18.54 20.22 9.00 40.50 47.52
356 HU14 346 46 63
Min 28 3 8 1 4.27 17.30 18.87 7.20 38.88 47.52
Max 36 3 14 1 7.47 22.25 24.26 12.60 47.52 47.52
58
241 U3510/14 229 59 51 Std 14 3 6 1 3.20 8.65 9.44 5.40 18.70 22.36
302 U3516/20 268 62 50 Std 16 3 6 1 3.20 9.89 10.78 5.40 21.74 25.82
241-302 HU2.75/10 229 70 63
Min 14 3 6 1 3.20 8.65 9.44 5.40 18.23 27.14
Max 18 3 10 1 5.34 11.12 12.13 9.00 23.44 34.89
68
302-356 HU2.75/12 273 70 63
Min 16 3 6 1 3.20 9.89 10.78 5.40 21.50 31.39
Max 22 3 10 1 5.34 13.60 14.83 9.00 29.57 43.16
356-406 HU2.75/14 330 70 63
Min 18 3 8 1 4.27 11.12 12.13 7.20 24.63 35.55
Max 24 3 14 1 7.47 14.83 16.18 12.60 32.84 47.40
406 HU2.75/16 357 70 63
Min 20 3 8 1 4.27 12.36 13.48 7.20 27.64 39.65
Max 26 3 14 1 7.47 16.07 17.52 12.60 35.94 47.52
89-114 HU24-2 78 79 63 Std 4 3 2 1 1.16 2.47 2.70 2.62 3.11 5.94
184-241 HU28-2 178 79 63
Min 10 3 4 2 2.34 6.18 6.74 5.24 11.85 18.64
Max 14 3 6 2 3.20 8.65 9.44 7.86 16.80 26.10
241 U210-2 216 79 50 Std 14 3 6 2 3.20 8.65 9.44 7.86 18.70 22.36
2ply 38
Min 14 3 6 2 4.03 8.65 9.44 7.86 17.72 26.84
241-302 HU210-2 224 79 63
Max 18 3 10 2 6.69 11.12 12.13 13.10 22.79 34.50
302-356 HU212-2 268 79 63
Min 16 3 6 2 4.03 9.89 10.78 7.86 21.14 31.19
Max 22 3 10 2 6.69 13.60 14.83 13.10 29.07 42.89
184-241 HU48 173 90 63
Min 10 3 4 2 2.69 6.18 6.74 5.24 11.70 18.54
Max 14 3 6 2 4.03 8.65 9.44 7.86 16.39 25.96
241 U410 212 90 50 Std 14 3 6 2 3.96 8.65 9.44 7.86 18.70 22.36
Min 14 3 6 2 4.03 8.65 9.44 7.86 17.72 26.84
2ply 45 241-302 HU410 219 90 63
Max 18 3 10 2 6.69 11.12 12.13 13.10 22.79 34.50
or 89
Min 16 3 6 2 4.03 9.89 10.78 7.86 21.04 31.14
302-356 HU412 262 90 63
Max 22 3 10 2 6.69 13.60 14.83 13.10 28.94 42.81
356-406 HU416 346 90 63
Min 20 3 8 2 5.36 12.36 13.48 10.48 27.54 39.60
Max 26 3 12 2 8.05 16.07 17.52 15.72 35.81 47.52
2ply 52 241-302 HU4.12/9 219 106 63
Min 14 3 6 3 4.79 8.65 9.44 8.88 17.00 26.38
Max 18 3 8 3 6.36 11.12 12.13 11.84 21.86 33.91
Min 16 3 6 3 4.76 9.89 10.78 8.88 21.78 31.54
300-356 HU212-3 262 120 63
2ply 58
Max 22 3 8 3 6.36 13.60 14.83 11.84 29.94 43.37
302 U3512-2 285 120 50 Std 16 3 6 3 3.96 9.89 10.78 7.86 21.74 25.82
200-302 HU5.31/9 196 135 63
Min 14 3 6 3 4.76 8.65 9.44 8.88 17.72 26.84
Max 18 3 8 3 6.36 11.12 12.13 11.84 22.79 34.50
Min 16 3 6 3 4.76 9.89 10.78 8.88 21.04 31.14
241-302 HU5.31/11 240 135 63
3ply 45 or
Max 22 3 8 3 6.36 13.60 14.83 11.84 28.94 42.81
133
Min 18 3 8 3 6.36 11.12 12.13 11.84 24.50 35.48
302-356 HU5.31/14 297 135 63
Max 24 3 12 3 9.54 14.83 16.18 17.76 32.66 47.31
356-406 HU5.31/16 324 135 63
Min 20 3 8 3 6.36 12.36 13.48 11.84 27.54 39.60
Max 26 3 12 3 9.54 16.07 17.52 17.76 35.81 47.52
200-241 HU480/180 150 180 63
Min 10 3 4 3 3.20 6.18 6.74 5.92 11.04 18.05
Max 14 3 6 3 4.76 8.65 9.44 8.88 15.46 25.28
184-241 HU530/180 175 180 63 Std 14 3 6 3 6.36 8.65 9.44 8.88 16.58 26.10
Min 14 3 6 3 4.76 8.65 9.44 8.88 17.92 26.95
2ply 89 or 241-302 HU410-2 231 181 63
Max 18 3 8 3 6.36 11.12 12.13 11.84 23.04 34.66
4ply 45
Min 16 3 6 3 4.76 9.89 10.78 8.88 21.35 31.31
302-356 HU412-2 282 181 63
Max 22 3 8 3 6.36 13.60 14.83 11.84 29.35 43.04
356-406 HU414-2 352 181 63
Min 20 3 8 3 6.36 12.36 13.48 11.84 27.61 39.63
Max 26 3 12 3 9.54 16.07 17.52 17.76 35.89 47.52
1. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.
2. 3.75 x 75mm smooth shank nails.
3. 4.0 x 100mm smooth shank nails.
4. Characteristic downloads are based on 3.75 x 75mm face nail capacities.
79

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
ET Skewed 45° Hanger
ETA-08/0053
The ET is a one piece non-welded joist hanger
for supporting skewed timber joists from timber
members.
This range is tested and standardised with a 45° skew angle.
W 2
A 1
NEW!
MATERIAL:
1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
INSTALLATION:
Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Verify that the
header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
W 1
B
H
Joist
Width
(mm)
Model
No.
Dimensions
W 1 W 2 H B A 1
Member
Supporting
Number of
Fasteners
(4,0x35)
Supported Member
Face Side Base
Safe
Working
Load (kN)
Long
Term
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Download
ET248 Skewed Right Nailing
38 ET248 59 187 95 65 45 14 3 3 3.60 8.80
47 ET260 67 177 97 55 34 16 5 5 4.40 10.60
2 x 38 ET301 108 218 97 55 34 16 5 11 4.70 11.30
1. 4.0x35 refers to CSA4,0x35 nails (available from Simpson Strong-Tie).
2. SWL’s are based on characteristic loads and a global safety factor of 2.4 for long term.
3. Use an LS skewable angle for extra stability if the joist height exceeds 195mm.
ET248 Installed
(shown as installed ‘left to right’.
Can also be skewed ‘right to left.’)
HGUS Face Fix Heavy Engineered Timber Hanger
ETA-07/0150
The HGUS is a one piece, non-welded, joist hanger for supporting solid
composite beams from timber members.
HGUS
Double shear nailing allows distribution of the carried member’s load through two
points on each nail for greater strength.
MATERIAL: 2.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12).
Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. 100mm
nails must be driven at 45° into joist dome or pan nails holes, through carrying
member and into the carried member to achieve the table loads.
W
100
67
H
Joist Size
(mm)
Model
No.
Dimension (mm)
W H B Support
Qty Fasteners
(4.0mm x 100mm)
Carried
Member
Short Term
Uplift
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
89 x 241 HGUS48N 92 180
36 10 7.51 27.78 34.74
89 x 241 x 457 HGUS410N 92 229 46 16 9.68 35.09 35.09
89 x 302 x 457 HGUS412N 92 265 56 20 11.30 40.94 40.94
89 x 356 x 457 HGUS414N 92 316 66 22 12.91 43.53 43.35
133 x 200 x 302 HGUS180/135N 135 180 36 10 7.51 27.78 34.74
133 x 241 x 457 HGUS5.50/10N 140 227 100
46 16 9.68 35.09 35.09
133 x 302 x 457 HGUS5.50/12N 140 265 56 20 11.30 40.94 40.94
133 x 356 x 457 HGUS5.50/14N 140 316 66 22 12.91 43.35 43.35
180 x 241 x 457 HGUS7.25/10N 184 219 46 16 9.68 35.09 35.09
180 x 302 x 457 HGUS7.25/12N 184 270 56 20 11.30 40.94 40.94
180 x 356 x 457 HGUS7.25/14N 184 320 66 22 12.91 43.35 43.35
Long
Term
Medium
Term
80

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
THAI Adjustable Strap Hanger
ETA-07/0043
THAI is a one piece, non-welded, joist hanger for supporting composite
timbers from timber members.
THAI
The model number and size is stamped onto the seat of most sizes for easy identification
of the hanger, even after installation.
• Designed for I-joists, has extra long straps and can be field-formed to give height
adjustability and top flange hanger convenience. Positive angle nailing helps eliminate
splitting of the I-joist’s bottom flange.
• Extra nail holes are provided for access in some conditions. Not all strap nail holes
need to be filled. See table for nailing requirements.
• THAI-2 must be factory ordered for hanger width needed. See table for allowable
widths.
HSIMPSON
Strong Tie ®
Material:
THAI: 1.2mm; THAI-2: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12).
Two different installation methods are available depending on the availability of nailing
surface. Web stiffeners are required when using this hanger type.
Maximum Nailing:
For applications where all the nails listed in the table can be properly installed. Install
the quantity of face nails shown into the straps for full table load and two 3.75 x 30mm
nails driven downward at a 45° angle into the I-joist’s bottom flange. The THAI has
additional nail holes - not all holes are required to be filled to achieve listed loads.
Typical THAI Installation
Minimum Nailing:
For applications where the strap is wrapped over the top of the support. Install nails
into each strap at the face surface of the hanger and 3.75 x 30mm nails driven
downward at a 45° angle into the I-joist bottom flange. Then two nails into each strap
at the top of the support after forming tight bend. Bend top flange a minimum of
65mm.
Joist
Width
(mm)
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
H W C
Number of Fasteners
Carrying Member 2
Top
Face
Carried
Member 3
Long
Term
Download
Safe
Working Load (kN) 1
Medium
Term
Download
Short
Term
Uplift
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Download
Uplift
Minimum Nailing: With Top Flange Wrap Over
38 x 241 to 302 THAI222 580 40 238
4.1 4.7 0.5 9.87 1.05
45 x 241 to 356 THAI1.81/22 577 46 235 4.1 4.7 0.5 9.91 1.05
58 x 241 to 356 THAI3522 570 59 228 4 2 2 4.2 4.8 0.5 9.99 1.05
89 x 241 to 256 THAI422 555 90 220 4.2 4.8 0.5 10.00 1.05
Variable THAI-2 550 76-133 224 4.4 5.0 0.5 10.57 1.05
Maximum Nailing: With All Nail Holes Filled
38 x 241 to 302 THAI222 580 40 238
4.8 5.5 0.5 11.48 1.05
45 x 241 to 356 THAI1.81/22 577 46 235 5.5 6.3 0.5 13.21 1.05
58 x 241 to 356 THAI3522 570 59 228 - 20 2 6.9 7.8 0.5 16.44 1.05
89 x 241 to 356 THAI422 555 90 220 9.4 10.7 0.5 22.45 1.05
Variable THAI-2 550 76-133 224 8.9 10.2 0.5 21.38 1.05
1. Safe working loads are dreived from tests conducted in the U.S. See "General Notes" (page 12).
2. For carrying member use 3.75mm x 75mm nails.
3. For carried member use 3.75mm x 30mm nails.
81

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IUB/HIUB Metal Web Joist Hangers
ETA-04/0042
The IUB/HIUB hangers support metal web joists and solid timber joists
without the need for plywood gussets.
The product incorporates the unique feature of bottom flanges, which provide enhanced capacity.
• Can be used on metal web joists or solid joist headers.
• Eliminates the need for plywood gussets when supported from a metal web joist.
• IUB Bottom flanges provide enhanced download capacity and quickly sets the hanger onto the header.
• Obround holes in face to provide easier nailing access in tight locations.
• IUB: Positive Angle Nailing (PAN) of joist to speed installation and reduce the likelihood of splitting.
• IUB has hexagonal holes for SDS screw installation and optional triangular nail holes for additional download,
when used in conjunction with a plywood gusset, and additional uplift capacities.
Material:
IUB: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
HIUB: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
• Position the hanger onto the face of supporting floor joist, ensuring the bottom flanges are tight up against the
underside of the bottom chord.
• Install 3.75 x 30mm nails into the holes within the hanger bottom flanges. Fill all face round and obround holes
with 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.
• Sit the carried joist into the hanger and install 3.75 x 30mm nails through the angled pan nail holes into the joist.
• For enhanced uplift fill all joist triangular nail holes with 3.75mm x 30mm nails.
• For SDS screw installation the IUB may be installed with 4 No 6.2 x 63mm long SDS screws through the
hexagonal holes in the face.
IUB
HIUB
Standard IUB Installation
SDS SCREW
HOLE
SUPPORTING
FLOOR TRUSS
H
TRIANGULAR
OPTIONAL
NAIL HOLES
FOR ADDITIONAL
UPLIFT
TRIANGULAR HOLES
TO BE FILLED FOR
ENHANCED UPLIFT
PAN NAIL
HOLES
HIUB Installation
CARRIED
JOIST
BOTTOM
FLANGES
50
PAN NAIL
HOLES
W
82

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IUB/HIUB Metal Web Joist Hangers
ETA-04/0042
IUB Hangers for Standard Installation (Joist Header)
Joist
Width
(mm)
Joist
Height
(mm)
Model
No.
Number of Fasteners (1)
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Header
Joist
Download
Long Term
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
Uplift
Short Term
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Uplift
195-202 IUB190/47 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
45
218-225 IUB215/47 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
253-254 IUB249/47 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
304 IUB295/47 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
195-202 IUB190/50 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
218-225 IUB215/50 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
47
253-254 IUB249/50 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
304 IUB295/50 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
373-380 IUB375/50 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
417 IUB415/50 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
202 IUB190/75 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
225 IUB215/75 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
254 IUB249/75 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
72
304 IUB295/75 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
373 IUB375/75 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
417 IUB415/75 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
421 IUB419/75 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
202 IUB190/100 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
225 IUB215/100 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
254 IUB249/100 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
97
304 IUB295/100 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
373 IUB375/100 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
417 IUB415/100 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
421 IUB419/100 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
202 IUB190/125 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
225 IUB215/125 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
254 IUB249/125 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
122
304 IUB295/125 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
373 IUB375/125 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
417 IUB415/125 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
421 IUB419/125 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
202 IUB190/150 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
225 IUB215/150 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
1ply 147
2ply 72
254 IUB249/150 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
304 IUB295/150 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
373 IUB375/150 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
417 IUB415/150 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
421 IUB419/150 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
1. 3.75 x 30 refers to a galvanised square twist nail.
2. Standard Nailed Installation: IUB installed directly onto Metal Web Floor Truss headers without Plywood Gussets.
83

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IUB/HIUB Metal Web Joist Hangers
ETA-04/0042
IUB Hanger Performance Data: SDS Installation
Joist
Width
(mm)
47
72
97
122
1ply 47
2ply 72
Joist
Height
(mm)
Model
No.
Number of Fasteners
Header (2)
(6.2mm x
63mm)
Joist (1)
(3.75mm x
30mm)
1. 3.75 x 30mm refers to square twist nails.
2. 6.2 x 63mm refers to a SDS Screw available from Simpson Strong-Tie ® , order code SDS25212.
3. Minimum header width 72mm for SDS installation.
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Download
Long Term
Uplift
Short Term
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
195-202 IUB190/50 4 2 5.80 1.00 13.60 2.00
218-225 IUB215/50 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
253-254 IUB249/50 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
304 IUB295/50 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
373-380 IUB375/50 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
417 IUB415/50 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
202 IUB190/75 4 2 5.80 1.00 13.60 2.00
225 IUB215/75 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
254 IUB249/75 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
304 IUB295/75 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
373 IUB375/75 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
417 IUB415/75 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
421 IUB419/75 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
202 IUB190/100 4 2 5.80 1.00 13.60 2.00
225 IUB215/100 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
254 IUB249/100 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
304 IUB295/100 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
373 IUB375/100 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
417 IUB415/100 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
421 IUB419/100 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
202 IUB190/125 4 2 5.80 1.00 13.60 2.00
225 IUB215/125 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
254 IUB249/125 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
304 IUB295/125 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
373 IUB375/125 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
417 IUB415/125 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
421 IUB419/125 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
202 IUB190/150 4 2 5.80 1.00 13.60 2.00
225 IUB215/150 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
254 IUB249/150 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
304 IUB295/150 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
373 IUB375/150 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
417 IUB415/150 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
421 IUB419/150 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
Uplift
Standard IUB Installation
HIUB Installation
SDS Screw IUB Installation
SUPPORTING
FLOOR TRUSS
SUPPORTING
FLOOR JOIST
TRIANGULAR HOLES
TO BE FILLED FOR
ENHANCED UPLIFT
PAN NAIL
HOLES
CARRIED
JOIST
TRIANGULAR HOLES
TO BE FILLED FOR
ENHANCED UPLIFT
PAN NAIL
HOLES
CARRIED
JOIST
84

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IUB/HIUB Metal Web Joist Hangers
ETA-04/0042
HIUB Hanger Performance Data
Joist
Width
(mm)
72
97
122
1 ply 147
2ply 72
2ply 97
2ply 122
2ply 147
Joist
Height
(mm)
Model
No.
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm) (2)
Header
Joist
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Download
Long Term
Uplift
Short Term
Download(1)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
202 HIUB202/75 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
219 HIUB218/75 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
225 HIUB225/75 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
254 HIUB253/75 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
304 HIUB304/75 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
373 HIUB373/75 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
417 HIUB418/75 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
421 HIUB420/75 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
202 HIUB202/100 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
219 HIUB218/100 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
225 HIUB225/100 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
254 HIUB253/100 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
304 HIUB304/100 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
373 HIUB373/100 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
417 HIUB418/100 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
421 HIUB420/100 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
202 HIUB202/125 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
219 HIUB218/125 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
225 HIUB225/125 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
254 HIUB253/125 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
304 HIUB304/125 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
373 HIUB373/125 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
417 HIUB418/125 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
421 HIUB420/125 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
202 HIUB202/150 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
219 HIUB218/150 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
225 HIUB225/150 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
254 HIUB253/150 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
304 HIUB304/150 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
373 HIUB373/150 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
417 HIUB418/150 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
421 HIUB420/150 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
202 HIUB202/200 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
219 HIUB218/200 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
225 HIUB225/200 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
254 HIUB253/200 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
304 HIUB304/200 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
373 HIUB373/200 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
417 HIUB418/200 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
421 HIUB420/200 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
202 HIUB202/250 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
219 HIUB218/250 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
225 HIUB225/250 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
254 HIUB253/250 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
304 HIUB304/250 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
373 HIUB373/250 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
417 HIUB418/250 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
421 HIUB420/250 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
202 HIUB202/300 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
219 HIUB218/300 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
225 HIUB225/300 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
254 HIUB253/300 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
304 HIUB304/300 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
373 HIUB373/300 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
417 HIUB418/300 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
421 HIUB420/300 16 8 9.30 3.80 12.86 8.00
Uplift
1. Characteristic download capacity with timber blocking piece between top and bottom flanges of metal web = 22.10 kN.
2. 3.75x30mm refers to square twist nails.
85

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IUBS Metal Web Joist Hanger
ETA-04/0042
The IUBS solves the problem of skew hangers
in timber to timber connections. It can be
handed left or right on site by the carpenter,
removing confusion when the floor is built
opposite to the drawing.
The IUBS is also fully adjustable from 5° to 67.5°
degrees skew, reducing the need for “special” skew
hangers.
• Standard 45° skew, with site adjustable skew from
5° to 67.5° degrees.
• Non-handed hanger, can be left or right skewed -
adjusted on site removing any handing confusion
and reduce stocking.
• Use SDS25212 for enhanced installation.
• Can be used on metal web joist or solid joist
headers.
• Optional nail holes for additional download.
Material: 1.5mm thick pre-galvanised mild steel.
H
Patent: GB 2396630
Finish: Galvanised.
W
IUBS Hanger Performance Data: Standard Installation
Joist
Width
(mm)
72
97
Joist
Height
(mm)
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
195-202 IUBS195/75 195 75 64
218-223 IUBS215/75 215 75 64
253-254 IUBS249/75 249 75 64
304 IUBS295/75 295 75 64
195-202 IUBS195/100 195 100 64
218-223 IUBS215/100 215 100 64
253-254 IUBS249/100 249 100 64
304 IUBS295/100 295 100 64
Number of Fasteners (1)
(3.75mm x 30mm)
H W B Header Joist
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Long Term
Download
Short Term
Uplift
Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Down
Uplift
10 2 5.30 0.70 12.72 1.30
IUBS Hanger Performance Data: SDS Installation
Joist
Width
(mm)
72
97
Joist
Height
(mm)
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm) Number of Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Capacity (kN)
H W B
195-202 IUBS195/75 195 75 64
218-223 IUBS215/75 215 75 64
253-254 IUBS249/75 249 75 64
304 IUBS295/75 295 75 64
195-202 IUBS195/100 195 100 64
218-223 IUBS215/100 215 100 64
253-254 IUBS249/100 249 100 64
304 IUBS295/100 295 100 64
Header (2) Joist (1)
(6.2mm x 63mm) (3.75mm x 30mm)
Long Term
Download
Short Term
Uplift
Down
Uplift
4 2 7.20 0.60 12.72 1.30
1. 3.75 x 30mm refers to a square twist nail.
2. 6.2 x 63mm refers to a SDS Screw available from Simpson Strong-Tie, order code SDS25212.
86

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IUBS Metal Web Joist Hangers
ETA-04/0042
Stage 1
Install the back plate onto
the header in the required
position.
Stage 2
Secure the back plate
(inside angle) with the
specified nails.
Stage 3
Adjust the angle of the
back plate (if different from
45) to suit the required angle.
Use either adjustable set
square or the guide tables
shown at the foot of this
page.
B
Stage 4
Secure the obtuse side of the
back plate onto the header
with all the specified nails,
ensuring the face of the back
plate is tight against the
header.
Stage 5
Offer the stirrup to the back plate
ensuring it is located on the correct
side (which can be either left or right
hand side).
Once all of the hooks (on the
back plate) are clearly through
the apertures (on stirrup) slide in
a downward direction ensuring all
hooks engage onto the
stirrup and click into position.
Stage 6
Locate the floor joist into the
stirrup ensuring the joist is set
tight to the back of the stirrup.
The joist should be secured
into the stirrup with all specified
nails on the open face of the
stirrup.
(Note: For enhanced capacity
use SDS25212 screws.)
Angle Guide Table
100mm BACKPLATE
Skew Angle
(A)
Distance
B
(mm)
5 206
15 200
22.5 190
30 180
37.5 166
Joist
A
B
45 149
52.5 130
60 109
67.5 86
87

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IUQ Metal Web Joist to SIP Hanger
ETA-04/0042
About SIP
With the construction industry
becoming ever more conscious of
environmental issues, companies
are taking a fresh look at building
structures and carbon emissions.
Interior Sheathing OSB
SIP Panel
NEW!
Structural insulated panels (SIP) contribute
to this goal as they are highly energy
efficient and comply with the building
fabric measures of The Code for
Sustainable Homes.
Timber
Simpson Strong-Tie ® has developed
a range of innovative connectors that
help build SIP structures safely and
economically, by standardising the
products and allowing the best use of SIP
panel’s thermal perfomance.
Insulant
Exterior Sheathing OSB
Timber
The IUQ and HIUQ is the first hanger range specifically designed to allow
engineered joists to be face fixed to a structural insulated panel (SIP), when
used in conjunction with the Simpson Strong-Tie ® patented SDS screws.
• The IUQ and HIUQ (standard and heavy duty
respectively) can be used with either metal
web or engineered I-joists.
• Joists no longer sit on top of the wall, thus
eliminating thermal bridging at the joist/wall
junction.
• Cuts down on the time consuming and
costly process of placing timber blocking
pieces between the joists and the wall
panels, creating a better air seal.
• Installation is simple and efficient, requiring 2
(or 4) SDS screws (supplied with hangers).
• Positive Angle Nailing (PAN) of joist to hanger
can speed up installation while reducing the
chance of splitting the joist bottom chords.
88

Timber Hangers for I-joist and Metal Web
IUQ Metal Web Joist to SIP Hanger
ETA-04/0042
Step 1:
Position the top of the
IUQ hanger side flanges
level with the top of the
SIP panel.
Step 2:
Install 2 x SDS25212
screws into the top
hexagonal holes only.
Step 3:
Sit the joist onto the IUQ hanger and
install 2 x 3.75x30mm square twist nails
into the joist through the PAN nail holes.
Model Series
Height (mm)
IUQ & HIUQ - Face Fix Hanger for ‘SIP’ Performance Data
Size Range Joist Fastener Qty Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Width (mm)
Support
(SDS25212) (2)
Carried
Member
(3.75x30) (1)
Short Term
Uplift
Long Term
Download
Uplift
Download
IUQ 190 - 450 40 - 100 2 2 1.0 4.1 2.0 9.9
HIUQ 190 - 450 40 - 300 4 8 4.0 8.1 8.0 19.5
1. Refers to 3.75x30mm square twist nail.
2. Refers to SDS Screws.
SDS Screw
IUQ Hanger
89

Roof Connectors
JES Joist End Support
The JES is a two piece
metal-work system which
enables the use of engineered
timber I-joists in loft
conversions, offering a safe
and economic alternative to
the traditional method which
requires steel girders.
It provides reinforcement to
the joist ends where they are
cut to fit within the eaves of the
existing roof.
The I-Joists are installed from
wall plate to wall plate, which
means there is no need for a
costly Party Wall Agreement.
Why Convert Lofts Using I-Joists
• No need to install steel girders.
• No need to hire a crane.
• I-joists installed from wall plate to wall plate.
• No need for a Party Wall Agreement.
• Light weight.
• Loft conversions also possible in timber frame houses.
• Suits roof slopes of 30° or greater.
JES Sizes Available
No RSJ
No Crane
No Party Wall Agreement
I-Loft
A demonstration video can be
seen on-line at www.i-loft.co.uk.
Patent Pending.
Manufacturer
I-Joist Dimensions (mm)
Width
Height
JES Item Code
Safe Working Load (kN)
Long Term Medium Term Short Term
Characteristic
End Bearing
Capacity
(kN)
Finn Forest 38-89
James Jones 45-97
Steico 90
Boise
(90’s)
89
200 JES116SCR
220 JES136SCR
2.33 2.96 3.81 7.70
240 JES156SCR
300 JES216SCR
360 JES276SCR
3.48 4.42 5.69 11.50
400 JES316SCR
195 JES099SCR
220 JES124SCR
235 JES139SCR
2.43 3.1 3.98 8.05
245 JES149SCR
300 JES204SCR 2.97 3.78 4.87 9.84
350 JES254SCR 3.16 4.02 5.17 10.45
400 JES304SCR 3.61 4.60 5.91 11.95
240 JES156SCR
300 JES216SCR
360 JES276SCR
3.31 4.21 5.41 10.94
400 JES316SCR
241 JES159SCR
302 JES220SCR
2.78 3.54 4.55 9.21
356 JES274SCR
406 JES324SCR 3.97 5.05 6.49 13.13
LP 63 225 JES144SCR 3.24 4.12 5.30 10.72
90

Roof Connectors
JES Joist End Support
JES INSTALLATION
Step One
Use the JES as a template to mark the cut line and
fastener hole positions on the end of the I-joist as
shown, ensuring that the ends are flush.
Remove the JES before cutting and drilling the I-joist.
Cut
Step Two
Cut and drill the I-joist. Use a 6mm diameter drill bit to
create the holes.
JES (Joist End Support)
Patent Pending
Step Three
Securely install a JES on both sides of the I-Beam using the M6 x 30mm
stainless steel Hex bolts and nylon washers supplied. Note the position
of the lip on the JES which must be installed with the lip following the
top-most edge of the adapted I-joist.
Step Four
Position I-joist in between the existing
trusses as shown, ensuring that a
minimum 90mm of end bearing is achieved.
Joist layouts will vary - please refer to
engineer responsible for floor design.
VP Loft Vent Plate
The VP is part of the I-Loft system.
The vent plate is a 1.2mm thick, 300mm long
galvanised steel plate which provides a fast and
cost effective solution to providing ventilation in
the roof space.
Once installed, it allows the six 20mm diameter
holes to be drilled, whilst maintaining the
strength of the solid sawn timber.
By providing a ventilation path though the roof,
over the insulation in the loft conversion ceiling,
the condensation problems arising from the
difference in temperature between the inside
and outside are avoided.
VPA50/300
91

Roof Connectors
TCP Truss Clip
ETA-07/0317
The TCP truss clip attaches girders, trusses and rafters to wall
plates to provide wind restraint.
W
• TCP Truss Clips may be used for general purposes, strongback
attachments as all-purpose ties wherever one member crosses
another.
• Speed prong provides temporary attachment for ease of installation.
65
100
• Obround holes for easier nail driving.
106
Material: 0.9mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12).
Typical
TCP Installation
Model No.
Width
(mm)
No. Fasteners
(3.75mm x 30mm Square
Twist Nails)
To Truss
To Plate
Safe Working
Load
Short Term
Uplift
Characteristic
Capacity(kN)
TCP38 38 6 6 2.13 3.41
TCP44 44 6 6 2.13 3.00
TCP47 47 6 6 2.13 -
TCP50 50 6 6 2.13 2.42
1. Safe Working Loads are based on load tests conducted at CERAM Building Technology.
Contact Simpson’s technical department for further information.
GS Glide Shoe
Glide shoes are specially designed to allow horizontal movement between raised tie trusses and
wallplates.
The GS allows lateral movement of raised tie trusses up to 15mm during installation of roofing materials and resists
uplift forces. Typically used on one or both ends of the truss as determined by the truss designer.
Material: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Model No.
Width
(mm)
Fasteners
(3.75 x 30mm
Square Twist Nails)
Support
Carried
Member
Safe Working Loads
(kN)
Short Term
Lateral
Short Term
Uplift
Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Lateral
Uplift
25
W
62
GS38 38
GS50 50
GS75 75
GS100 100
10 6 3.3 1.4 6.6 2.8
97
GS150 150
43
GS200 200
Glide Shoe
92

Roof Connectors
HGUS/HGUQ Face Fix Girder Truss Hanger
ETA-07/0150*
The HGUS is a one piece, non-welded joist hanger for supporting
mono trusses and girder trusses from timber members which
allows double shear nailing. The HGUQ version uses SDS screws
instead of nails for even faster and easier installation.
H
HGUS: Double shear nailing allows distribution of the carried members load
through two points on each nail for greater strength (see illustration).
67
HGUQ: The SDS screws help transfer the load between plies of the supporting
truss when they penetrate all plies.
W
100
HGUS
HGUS Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes on page 12.
• Verify the header can take the required fasteners specified below.
• 75mm nails must be driven at 45° into the joist dome or pan nail holes,
through the carrying member and into the carried member to achieve the
table loads.
HGUQ Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes on page 12.
• Verify the header can take the required fasteners specified below.
• The thickness of the supporting timber must be equal or greater than the
screw length.
Material: 2.5mm thick pre-galvanised mild steel.
Options: Other widths of HGUS and HGUQ are available made to order.
Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
W
H
B
HGUQ Above
Typical Installation Below
Double Shear Nailing
Simpson’s exclusive double shear nailing feature guides
the 75mm nails into joist at a 45° angle. This provides
easier nail driving as the installer doesn’t need to swing
the hammer sideways.
Joist
Size
(mm)
Model
No.
Dimensions
W H B Support
Number of Fasteners
Carried
Member
Short
Term
Uplift
Safe
Working Loads (kN)
Long
Term
Download
Medium
Term
Download
Characteristic
Download
Capacity (kN)
Characteristic
Uplift
Capacity (kN)
HGUS Nailed Installation
2 Ply 35 HGUS125/80N 80 122
20 (3) 8 (3) - 10.08 11.52 25.08 7.83
2 Ply 35 HGUS145/80N 80 145 28 (3) 10 (3) - 15.14 17.31 33.34 9.78
2 Ply 47 HGUS125/105N 105 110 20 (3) 8 (3) - 10.08 11.52 25.08 7.83
100
2 Ply 47 HGUS145/105N 105 145 28 (3) 10 (3) - 15.14 17.31 33.34 9.78
3 Ply 35 HGUS145/120N 120 145 28 (3) 10 (3) - 15.14 17.31 33.34 9.78
3 Ply 47 HGUS145/155N 155 145 28 (3) 10 (3) - 15.14 17.31 33.34 9.78
HGUQ SDS Screw Installation
2 PLY 47 HGUQ180/105SCR 105 180
32 - SDS25312 (4) 4 - SDS25212 (4) 3.40 21.00 24.10
3 PLY 35 HGUQ180/120SCR 120 180 100 32 - SDS25312 (4) 4 - SDS25212 (4) 3.40 21.00 24.10
* ETA Not Applicable to HGUQ
3 PLY 47 HGUQ180/155SCR 155 180 32 - SDS25312 (4) 4 - SDS25212 (4) 3.40 21.00 24.10
1. Safe working loads are based upon load tests conducted by Trada Technology Ltd.
2. Stated performance values are based upon C16 graded supporting members.
3. Hanger supplied with 3.75x75mm round wire nails.
4. Hanger supplied with SDS25312 and SDS25212 SDS screws.
93

Roof Connectors
THM Truss Hanger Mono
ETA-04/0042
The THM (Truss Hanger Mono)
is a one piece, non-welded joist
hanger for supporting mono
trusses from timber members.
NEW!
The THM hanger has been developed
to replace the existing LUS and HUS
hangers, whilst offering two installation
options as folllows:
• Square twist nails only.
• Square twist nails and double
shear nailing.
H
Features Speed Prongs for easier
nailing and faster installation.
W
Double Shear Nailing
Double shear nailing feature
allows 75mm nails to be installed
at a 45° angle. This provides
easier nail driving as the installer
doesn’t need to swing the hammer
sideways.
THM Installed with
Square Twist Nails
Joist
Size
(mm)
Model
No.
Dimensions
35 or 38 x 100 to 150 THM230/38 38 96
44 x 100 to 150 THM230/44 44 93
47 x 100 to 150 THM230/47 47 91.5
50 x 100 to 150 THM230/50 50 90
35 or 38 x 100 to 150 THM230/38 38 96
44 x 100 to 150 THM230/44 44 93
47 x 100 to 150 THM230/47 47 91.5
50 x 100 to 150 THM230/50 50 90
1. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.
2. 3.75 x 75mm smooth shank nails.
W H B Support
Number of Fasteners
Carried
Member
Installation With Square Twist Nails Only
Safe
Working Loads (kN)
Long
Term
Download
Medium
Term
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Download
75 10 (1) 6 (1) 3.4 3.9 7.3
Installation With Double Shear Nails
75 10 (1) 6 (2) 4.4 5.1 9.8
94

Roof Connectors
THA Adjustable Truss Hanger
ETA-07/0043
THA is a one-piece joist hanger supporting trussed rafters and
composite timbers from timber members.
Provides great support with ease of installation.
Install using one nail size (3.75x30mm square twist) or use our patented option
featuring additional 3.75x75mm nails for increased performance. For further
performance use 3.75x75mm nails throughout. A separate set of performance values
are published for each installation. Available in seat widths from 38mm to 100mm.
• Location tab allows easier alignment to the carrying member.
• Choice of installation specifications to suit wrap-over or face fix.
• Speed prongs enables positioning of the hanger without nails before completing
the install.
• Nailing schedules are stamped into the strap to provide the correct information to
site operatives.
• The distinctive wide strap enhances the performance of the critical part of the
connection by increasing the nail spacing and providing greater bearing area on
the the supporting girder.
Material: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12). Two different
installation methods are available depending on the availability of nailing surface.
Maximum Nailing: For applications where all the nails listed in the table can be
properly installed. Install the quantity of face nails shown into the straps for table load.
Minimum Nailing: For applications where the strap is wrapped over the top of
the support. Install nails into each strap in the face and top of the hanger and for the
THA, 75mm nails at a 45° angle through the joist into the support. Bend top flange a
minimum of 45mm for the THA.
H
C
B
THA
Examples of THA
Installation
Configurations
W
Install
Method
Face Fix
Wrap Over
Face Fix
Wrap Over
Face Fix
Wrap Over
Carrying
Member
Depth
197mm
to
222mm
122mm
to
197mm
197mm
to
222mm
122mm
to
197mm
197mm
to 222mm
147mm to
197mm
Carried
Member
Depth
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
Fasteners
Carrying Member
Carried
C27 / TR26 Graded Timber
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Download
W H B C Face Top Member Long Medium
THA Performance Values (using 3.75 x 30mm Joist Nails)
38 THA38 38 226.0 63.0 113.5
44 THA44 44 223.0 63.0 110.5
50 THA50 50 220.0 63.0 107.5
75 THA75 75 232.5 63.0 120.0
100 THA100 100 220.0 63.0 107.5
38 THA38 38 226.0 63.0 113.5
44 THA44 44 223.0 63.0 110.5
50 THA50 50 220.0 63.0 107.5
75 THA75 75 232.5 63.0 120.0
100 THA100 100 220.0 63.0 107.5
Short
Term
Characteristic Loads
Download
Uplift
20 (1) - 6 (1) 5.2 5.9 1.9 12.4 3.7
8 (1) 4 (1) 6 (1) 4.4 5.0 1.9 10.5 3.7
THA Performance Values (using 3.75 x 75mm Double Shear Joist Nails)
38 THA38 38 226.0 63.0 113.5
44 THA44 44 223.0 63.0 110.5
50 THA50 50 220.0 63.0 107.5
75 THA75 75 232.5 63.0 120.0
100 THA100 100 220.0 63.0 107.5
38 THA38 38 226.0 63.0 113.5
44 THA44 44 223.0 63.0 110.5
50 THA50 50 220.0 63.0 107.5
75 THA75 75 232.5 63.0 120.0
100 THA100 100 220.0 63.0 107.5
20 (1) - 6 (2) 6.4 7.3 2.7 15.4 5.3
THA Installation (Using 3.75 x 75mm Nails Throughout)
50 THA50 50 220 63 107.5
100 THA100 100 220 63 107.5
50 THA50 50 220 63 107.5
100 THA100 100 220 63 107.5
8 (1) 4 (1) 6 (2) 6.8 7.8 2.7 16.4 5.3
26 (2) - 6 (2) 8.6 9.8 - - -
14 (2) 4 (2) 6 (2)
1. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.
2. 3.75 x 75mm round wire nails.
3. Characteristic and Safe Working Load’s are determined by test/design model and are based on C27/TR26 graded timbers.
4. W, H, C dimensions shown in the illustration above.
5. Published performance values are not dependent on the location tab being nailed.
95

Roof Connectors
THG Girder Truss Hanger
These heavy-duty truss hangers are designed to
support multiple ply girder trusses from vertical truss
members.
Material: 3mm pre-galv. mild steel, Skewed THG: 3mm mild steel.
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See (page 12).
THG
Skewed
Right
ETA-04/0234
THG3
• Order bolts, nuts and washers separately. Specify the carrying
member thickness when ordering bolts. Verify that the header
can take the required fasteners specified in the table. All
multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single
unit.
• The minimum vertical carrying member widths are 175mm for
the THG4 and 147mm for all others.
• Use a maximum bottom chord in the carrying member to
allow for the minimum bolt end distance: THG3B and THG4B:
147mm, THG2 and THG3: 175mm, THG4: 200mm
• Attach the THG to the center of the vertical carrying member.
Use the two face nail holes for temporary placement while
boring the bolt holes.
Options:
Other widths available to order.
THG
Installed
Skewed
Right
Typical
THG
Installed
• Slope and/or skew models available. This is a welded product
that is hot dip galvanised or powder coated after manufacture.
Dimensions may vary from standard THGs.
• Slope down to 30° and/or skewed left or right to 45°. Specify
degree of slope and/or skew.
• The skew angle is measured from the line perpendicular to the
carrying member as per illustration right.
• Back-to-back installation models available to order.
Skew
Angle
Model No.
Support
Plys
Safe
Working
Loads
Medium
Term
Characteristic
Capacities
(kN)
Model
No.
THG2/80
Carried
Member
Dimensions
W H B HB
Number of Fasteners
Carrying
Member
(Bolt)
Carried
Member
(3.75x75)
475 115 317 2 (M20) 14
THG3/80 555 135 319 3 (M20) 14
2 ply 35 80
THG3B/80 485 120 290 3 (M20) 16
THG4B/80 565 135 290 4 (M20) 16
THG2/105
475 115 317 2 (M20) 14
THG3/105 555 135 319 3 (M20) 14
2 ply 47 105
THG3B/105 485 120 290 3 (M20) 16
THG4B/105 565 135 290 4 (M20) 16
THG3/120
555 135 319 3 (M20) 14
THG3B/120 485 120 290 3 (M20) 16
3 ply 35 120
THG4/120 705 135 367 4 (M24) 18
THG4B/120 565 135 290 4 (M20) 16
THG3/155
555 135 319 3 (M20) 14
THG3B/155 485 120 290 3 (M20) 16
3 ply 47 155
THG4/155 705 135 367 4 (M24) 18
THG4B/155 565 135 290 4 (M20) 16
THG4/210 4ply 47 210 705 135 367 4 (M24) 18
THG2
THG3
THG3B
THG4B
(W=80)
THG4B
(W> 105)
THG4
DBL 35 15.40 27.92
DBL 47 20.53 27.92
TPL 35 21.88 27.92
TPL 47 25.20 27.92
DBL 35 23.10 35.71
DBL 47 30.79 35.71
TPL 35 32.81 35.71
TPL 47 35.03 35.71
DBL 35 23.10 33.36
DBL 47 30.79 33.36
TPL 35 32.81 33.36
TPL 47 35.03 33.36
DBL 35 30.8 36.20
DBL 47 38.90 36.20
TPL 35 38.90 36.20
TPL 47 38.90 36.20
DBL 35 30.80 55.84
DBL 47 38.90 55.84
TPL 35 38.90 55.84
TPL 47 38.90 55.84
DBL 35 30.80 48.64
DBL 47 38.90 48.64
TPL 35 38.90 48.64
TPL 47 38.90 48.64
96

68 28
120
160
10 TYP
A
20 TYP
10
Roof Connectors
NP Nail Plate
Nail plates are used to connect two or more timber members together. They are
available in a variety of sizes.
These items replace the CP (Cam Plate) range, the key difference is that that NP range is an increased
thickness compared with the CP.
Material: 1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12).
Install in pairs using 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.
NEW!
Item
Code
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
Typical NP Installation
NP40/120 40 120
NP80/140 80 140
NP80/180 80 180
Typical NP Dimensions
B
NP80/200 80 200
NP80/220 80 220
10
20 TYP
40 TYP
NP80/260 80 260
NP100/140 100 140
NP100/200 100 200
NP100/240 100 240
Ø4 1
.
NP100/300 100 300
NP140/180 140 180
NP140/200 140 200
NP140/260 140 260
NP160/340 160 340
NP200/260 200 260
NP220/300 220 300
Typical NP Design Example
Calculation Example:
Two plates (NP80/260) to connect a 100mm x 160mm
beam to a 100mm x 120mm post. 12 no. 3.75x30mm
square twist nails per connected timber member. Load
duration K mod 0.70.
Min 7xdn
Min 15xdn
F1,d
120
3.75x30 Nails (x12)
NP80/260
1. N = Number of nails.
2. dn = Diameter of nail.
Applied Load F 1,d = 5kN
Nail Capacities:
R 1,d = n x R lat x k mod /Ɣm
Nails per timber = 12
R latk = 1.02kN (3.75x30mm nails and TR26 timber)
R 1,d = 12 x 1.02 x 0.7/1.3 = 6.59kN
Design Check Nails:
F1,d/R1,d = ≤ 1.0 Therefore OK
5/6.59 = 0.76 Therefore OK
Plate Capacities:
R1,d = 0.9 x A netto x f u /Ɣm
R1,d = 0.9 x 2 x 1.5 (80-4x4.1) x 330/1.3x10 -3 = 43.6kN
Design Check Plates:
F1,d/R1,d = ≤ 1.0 Therefore OK
5/43.6 = 0.12 Therefore OK
97

Roof Connectors
LSSU/LSU Light Slope and Skew Adjustable Hangers
ETA-08/0053
With these site adjustable hangers, you can always have the right hanger available for those special rush projects.
This versatile range of products attaches joists/rafters to timber supports at any slope, up or down or at any skew, left or right up to and including 45°.
All models are slope and skew adjustable on site, excluding the LSU3510-2, LSU4.12.
Material: LSSU410 and metric sizes: 1.5mm, LSU4.12 & LSU3510-2: 2mm, all others 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: Use all
specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12). Bend only once. To ensure proper seat installation, install the bottom nails before the side nails.
Attach the sloped joist at both ends so the horizontal force developed by the slope is fully supported by the carried members. Web stiffeners are
required with I-joists using this hanger style. For field skewing, see install sequence below.
LSU26 LSSU410 LSSU Installation
Step 1
LSSU Installation
Step 2
LSSU Installation
Step 3
Nail hanger to slope-cut carried
member, installing seat nail first.
No bevel necessary for skewed
installation.
Skew flange to form acute angle.
Bend other flange back along
centerline of slots. Bend once
only.
Attach hanger to the
carrying member, acute
angle side first. Install
nails at an angle.
Joist Size
(mm)
Model No.
Dimension Qty Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Capacity (kN)
W H B Member
Supporting
Supported
Member
Uplift
Short Term
Down Solid Section I-Joists
Grade C24 Grade C24 LVL Flanges C24 Flanges
Long Term Medium Term Down Uplift Down Uplift Down Up
Sloped Hangers Only
38 x 150 LSU26 38 124 75 6 (2) 5 (1) 1.09 2.89 3.30 7.26 2.55 6.81 2.55 7.26 2.55
38 x 241 LSSU28 38 181 90 10 (2) 5 (1) 1.09 3.52 4.02 7.26 2.38 5.13 2.38 7.26 2.38
38 x 302 LSSU210 38 216 90 10 (2) 7 (1) 1.09 3.52 4.02 7.26 2.38 5.13 2.38 7.26 2.38
45 x 241 to 356 LSSUI25 45 216 90 10 (2) 7 (1) 1.09 3.30 3.78 7.26 2.38 5.13 2.38 7.26 2.38
47 x 195 to 245 LSSU170/50 50 170 90 10 (2) 11 (1) 1.74 3.73 4.26 11.35 5.71 - - 11.35 5.71
47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/50 50 275 90 18 (2) 11 (1) 1.74 3.73 4.26 10.59 5.71 - - 10.59 5.71
51 x 241 to 356 LSSUI2.06 52 216 90 10 (2) 7 (1) 1.09 3.14 3.59 - - 5.13 2.38 - -
58 x 241 to 356 LSSUI35 60 216 90 10 (2) 7 (1) 1.09 2.98 3.41 9.93 3.98 5.13 2.38 9.93 3.98
63 x 195 to 245 LSSU170/66 66 170 90 10 (2) 11 (1) 1.74 3.43 3.92 11.35 5.71 - - 11.35 5.71
63 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/66 66 275 90 18 (2) 11 (1) 1.74 3.43 3.92 10.59 5.71 - - 10.59 5.71
70 195 to 300 LSSU170/71 71 170 90 10 (2) 11 (1) 1.74 3.43 3.92 11.35 5.71 9.14 2.38 11..35 5.71
70 x 300 to 450 LSSU170/71 71 275 90 18 (2) 11 (1) 1.74 3.43 3.92 10.59 5.71 9.14 2.38 10.59 5.71
72 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/75 75 170 90 14 (2) 12 (1) 1.74 3.31 3.79 11.35 5.71 - - 11.35 5.71
72 x 300 to 400 LSSU275/75 75 275 90 18 (2) 12 (1) 1.74 3.31 3.79 10.59 5.71 - - 10.59 5.71
(2) 38 x 241 LSSU210-2 78 216 90 18 (3) 12 (1) 1.74 4.37 5.00 - - 9.14 2.38 - -
89 x 241 to 356 LSSU410 90 216 90 18 (3) 12 (1) 1.74 4.25 4.85 12.45 4.78 11.17 2.99 12.45 4.78
(2) 47 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/96 96 170 90 14 (2) 11 (1) 1.74 3.31 3.79 11.35 5.71 - - 11.35 5.71
(2) 47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/96 96 175 90 18 (2) 11 (1) 1.74 3.31 3.79 10.59 5.71 - - 10.59 5.71
97 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/100 100 170 90 14 (2) 12 (1) 1.74 3.06 3.50 13.11 5.71 - - 13.11 5.71
97 x 300 to 400 LSSU275/100 100 275 90 18 (2) 12 (1) 1.74 3.06 3.50 14.29 5.71 - - 14.29 5.71
(2) 51 x 241 to 356 LSU4.12 105 228 90 24 (3) 12 (1) 1.74 4.12 4.71 - - 11.17 5.98 - -
(2) 58 x 241 to 356 LSU3510-2 120 228 90 24 (3) 12 (1) 1.74 4.02 4.60 12.55 4.55 15.19 5.98 12.55 4.55
Skewed Hangers or Sloped and Skewed
38 x 241 LSSU28 38 181 90 9 (2) 5 (1) 0.76 3.24 3.70 3.24 2.38 3.45 1.47 3.24 2.38
38 x 302 LSSU210 38 216 90 9 (2) 7 (1) 0.76 3.24 3.70 3.24 2.38 3.45 1.47 3.24 2.38
45 x 241 to 356 LSSUI25 45 216 90 9 (2) 7 (1) 0.76 3.03 3.46 8.10 2.38 3.45 1.47 8.10 2.38
47 x 195 to 245 LSSU170/50 50 170 90 9 (2) 11 (1) 1.41 3.45 3.95 6.34 5.71 - - 6.34 5.71
47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/50 50 275 90 15 (2) 11 (1) 1.41 3.45 3.95 10.78 5.71 - - 10.78 5.71
51 x 241 to 356 LSSUI2.06 52 216 90 9 (2) 7 (1) 0.76 2.86 3.27 - - 3.45 1.47 - -
58 x 241 to 356 LSSUI35 60 216 90 9 (2) 7 (1) 0.76 2.71 3.10 8.10 3.98 3.45 1.47 8.10 3.98
63 x 195 to 245 LSSU170/66 66 170 90 9 (2) 11 (1) 1.41 3.15 3.60 6.34 5.71 - - 6.34 5.71
63 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/66 66 275 90 15 (2) 11 (1) 1.41 3.15 3.60 10.78 5.71 - - 10.78 5.71
70 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/71 71 170 90 9 (2) 11 (1) 1.41 3.15 3.60 6.34 5.71 6.81 2.38 6.34 5.71
70 x 195 to 450 LSSU275/71 71 275 90 15 (2) 11 (1) 1.41 3.15 3.60 6.34 5.71 6.81 2.38 6.34 5.71
72 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/75 75 170 90 9 (2) 11 (1) 1.41 3.03 3.47 6.34 5.71 - - 6.34 5.71
72 x 300 to 400 LSSU275/75 75 275 90 15 (2) 11 (1) 1.41 3.03 3.47 10.78 5.71 - - 10.78 5.71
(2) 38 x 241 LSSU210-2 78 216 90 14 (3) 12 (1) 1.41 4.10 4.69 - - 6.81 2.38 - -
89 x 241 to 356 LSSU410 90 216 90 14 (3) 12 (1) 1.41 3.97 4.54 7.12 4.78 7.20 2.99 7.12 4.78
(2) 47 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/96 96 170 90 9 (2) 11 (1) 1.41 3.15 3.60 6.34 5.71 - - 6.34 5.71
(2) 47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/96 96 175 90 15 (2) 11 (1) 1.41 3.15 3.60 10.78 5.71 - - 10.78 5.71
97 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/100 100 170 90 9 (2) 11 (1) 1.41 2.78 3.18 4.69 5.71 - - 4.69 5.71
97 x 300 to 400 LSSU275/100 100 275 90 15 (2) 11 (1) 1.41 2.78 3.18 8.16 5.71 - - 8.16 5.71
(2) 51 x 241 to 356 LSU4.12 105 228 90 24 (3) 12 (1) 1.41 3.85 4.40 - - 7.20 2.99 - -
(2) 58 x 241 to 356 LSU3510-2 120 228 90 24 (3) 12 (1) 1.41 3.75 4.28 11.89 4.55 11.14 3.66 11.89 4.55
1. Use 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nails.
2. Use 3.75mm x 75 Nails.
3. Use 4.0mm x 100mm Nails.
4. Except LSU26, some face nails are not fitted in the flange on the acute angle side for skewed installations. Fill all nail holes on the obtuse angle side.
5. SWLS are for engineered wood members of C24 or better. Reduce loads to 80% of the tables’s loads for C16 timber.
6. LSU3510-2 and LSU4.12 factory skewed, field sloped.
98

Roof Connectors
VPA Variable Pitch Connector
An engineered one-piece connector for attaching
I-joist rafters to wall plates.
• The VPA is adjustable to slopes between 15° and 45° with a
special interlock design indicating when the maximum pitch
is reached. This product complements the versatile LSSU.
ETA-08/0053
VPA2
• Designed for use with double 38mm top plates with a 50mm
seat, which allows sufficient bearing area for most rafters.
• No notching is required when using the VPA. This connector
reduces the need for bevelled plates and toenailing. It has
positive angle nailing to speed installation and to minimise
wood splitting.
Material: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners.
• Face fasteners attached to both upper and lower top plates.
• See VPA installation sequence shown.
VPA installation sequence
Step 1
Install top nails and face PAN nails
in the “A” flange to outside wall top
plate.
Step 2
Seat rafter with a hammer,
adjusting the “B” flange to
the required pitch.
Step 3
Install “B” flange nails in
the obround nails holes,
locking the pitch.
Step 4
Install rafter PAN nails.
Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Joist
Size
(mm)
VPA
Item
Codes
Corresponding
LSSU
Item Code
W
(mm)
Supporting
Member (2)
Supported
Member (1)
Short
Term
Uplift
Medium
Term
Down
F1 Short
Term
F2 Short
Term
Solid Section
I-Joists
Grade C24 LVL Flanges Solid Flanges
Down Uplift Lateral Down Uplift Lateral Down Uplift Lateral
38 VPA2 LSSU28 39 8 2 1.09 3.33 1.45 1.09 5.23 1.40 0.95 5.23 3.87 1.94 5.23 1.40 0.69
45 VPA25 LSSUI25 46 8 2 1.09 3.74 1.45 1.09 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.60 1.40 0.69
47 VPA50 LSSU***/50 50 9 2 0.70 2.49 0.47 - 5.23 1.40 0.95 5.23 3.87 1.94 5.23 1.40 0.69
50 VPA2.06 LSSUI2.06 52 9 2 1.09 4.16 1.45 1.09 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.60 1.40 0.69
59 VPA35 LSSUI35 59 9 2 1.09 5.54 1.45 1.09 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.60 1.40 0.69
63 VPA66 LSSU***/66 66 9 2 0.70 2.66 0.47 - 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.60 1.40 0.69
68 VPA71 LSSU***/71 71 9 2 0.70 2.66 0.47 - 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.90 1.40 0.69
72 VPA75 LSSU***/75 75 11 2 0.70 3.73 0.47 - 7.84 1.40 0.95 7.84 3.87 1.94 7.84 1.40 0.69
90 VPA4 LSSU410 90 11 2 1.09 4.56 1.45 1.09 7.84 1.40 0.95 7.84 3.87 1.94 7.84 1.40 0.69
(2) 47 VPA96 LSSU***/96 96 11 2 0.70 3.73 0.47 - 7.84 1.40 0.95 7.84 3.87 1.94 7.84 1.40 0.69
100 VPA100 LSSU***/100 100 11 2 0.70 3.73 0.47 - 7.84 1.40 0.95 7.84 3.87 1.94 7.84 1.40 0.69
1. Use 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nails.
2. Use 3.75mm x 75mm Round Wire Nails.
3. The characteristic loads are based on using the corresponding LSSU connector listed in the table.
99

Roof Connectors
HRC Hip Ridge Connector
ETA-09/0122
The HRC is a one-piece connector for supporting hip
members from the ridge beam or rafters.
90
It is site adjustable slope for right and left 45° to cater for the hip pitch
for both left and right rafters.
Material:
216
HRC50 and HRC1.81: 1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel
HRC44: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel
Installation:
• On the end of the ridge, use optional slots to secure the HRC50
and HRC1.81. Bend face flanges back flush with the ridge, and
complete the nailing.
• On face of ridge, adjust to correct height and install nails.
• Obround nail holes ease rafter installation.
• Optional diamond holes on the HRC range (except HRC44) are for
installation convenience.
• Double bevel cut hip members to achieve full bearing capacity.
• May be sloped to 45° with no reduction in loads.
148
HRC44
Typical HRC Installation on the Edge of a Ridge
Optional HRC Installation
Dimensions (mm)
No. Fasteners
(3.75mm x 30mm)
Safe Working Loads
(kN)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Model No.
Width
Ridge
Carrying
Member
Each Hip
Short Term
Uplift
Long Term
Down
Medium term
Up
Down
HRC1.81 46 38 to 45 16 2 0.93 2.78 3.46 0.94 2.82
HRC50 50 38 to 50 16 2 0.93 2.78 3.46 0.94 2.82
HRC44 90 89 24 (2) 6 (2) 1.85 6.18 6.81 3.52 10.36
1. Performance values shown are for each hip. Total load carried by the connector is double this number.
2. Use 4.0mm x 90mm nails with the HRC44.
100

Roof Connectors
RR Ridge Rafter Connector
ETA-09/0122
The RR ridge rafter connector provides alignment control and correct
nailing locations.
The RR may be used with any rafter slope up to 30°.
MATERIAL: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
25
W1
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes (page 12).
82
W2
Minimum
Joist Size (mm)
Model No.
Dimensions
(mm)
W1
W2
Number of
Fasteners
(3.75mm x 30mm)
Support
Joist
Safe
Working Loads
(kN)
Long Term
Download
Characteristic
Load (kN)
Down
38 x 100 RR 102 38
50 x 100 RR50 112 50
4 (1) 4 (1) 1.40 0.62
1. Refers to 3.75x30mm square twist nails.
SPR50 Slope Adjustable Hanger
The SPR50 connector supports joists or
rafters from other timber members and
can be sloped up or down by up to 45°
NEW!
• Slope angle can be adjusted on-site.
• Can be sloped to any angle up to 45°.
• Requires one size of nail only: 3.75 x 30mm
square twist.
• Supports a range of timber heights from
145mm to 200mm
132mm
Material: 1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
75mm
Installation: Use all specified fasteners.
• Bend only once.
• To ensure proper seat installation, install the
bottom nails prior to the side nails.
• Attach the sloped joist at both ends so that
the horizontal force developed by the slope is
fully supported by the carried members.
50mm
Supported
Member Size (mm)
Item
Code
Number of
Fasteners
(3.75mm x 30mm)
Supporting
Member
Supported
Member
Short
Term
Uplift
Safe
Working Loads (kN)
Long Term
Download
Medium Term
Characteristic Load (kN)
Uplift
Download
47 x 145 - 200 SPR50 14 10 1.90 2.81 3.20 3.81 6.75
101

Roof Connectors
VTCR Valley Truss Clip
The VTCR is designed to to connect valley
trusses to common trusses.
• Structural valley connection.
• Single sided for new construction or retro fit.
• Field adjustment for pitch. Adjustable between 10 and
40 degrees.
• Eliminates bottom chord bevelling or wedging.
• Reduces valley installation cost.
• Reduces valley truss manufacture cost.
Material:
Pre-galvanised mild steel.
90mm
No. Fasteners
Safe Working Load (kN)
Model No.
Common
Truss
(3.35mm x 65mm)
Valley
Truss
(3.75mm x 30mm)
Uplift
Short Term
Download
Long Term
50mm
VTCR 4 5 1.64 3.5
63mm
VTCR Installed
102

Straight to the point...
...for the ultimate quality and widest range of stainless steel screws and nails in the
UK, call Simpson Strong-Tie ® on 01827 255600 or visit www.strongtie.co.uk

Timber Frame Connectors
TFLS Levelling System
TFLS provides the combined function of levelling and fixing the sole plate to the
foundation or substructure.
The TFLS (levelling system) comprises a universal base plate and packing pieces which can be added or
removed as required. The system transfers vertical and lateral loads from the wall to the foundation.
Material: Bracket - 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild
Steel. Packers - 2.0mm.
• Suitable for use with traditional timber frame
walls and closed panel systems.
• Adaptable - accommodates structural packing
up to 30mm deep.
• Universal - suitable for walls of 89mm and
140mm construction.
• Flexible - packing pieces can easily be added
or removed from the base plate to achieve the
required depth.
• Structural - Satisfies NHBC requirements
for permanent structural packing of the sole
plate when installed at load points (option
1, Appendix 6.2-B of 2011 NHBC Technical
Manual).
• Multiple nail holes in bracket offer a variety of
nailing options.
TFLSPK140
(Packer)
Patent Pending GB 0816765.2
TFLSB
(Bracket)
129-150
TFLSB
Typical TFLS
Installation
89mmm
Multiple nail holes (ø 3.1mm).
140mmm
83mmm
TFLSPK140
(140x39 Packer)
TFLSPK89
(Packer 89x39)
TFLS Installed
with SIP Panels.
Model
Number
Description
Size (mm)
TFLSB Universal Bracket 89 x 140 x 83
TFLSPK89 89mm Packer 89 x 39
TFLSPK140 140mm Packer 140 x 39
104

Timber Frame Connectors
TFLS Levelling System
Standard Installation
Starting at the highest point of the foundation slab,
position and install the TFLS bracket, including one
packer underneath the sole plate.
Position and install a second TFLS bracket at one
end of the sole plate and level to the first by adding
packers to the second TFLS bracket. If necessary,
install a third TFLS at the other end of the sole plate
and level to the first.
Infill between TFLS brackets with additional brackets.
Level by adding packers as necessary to each
bracket. Ideally position infill brackets under load
points (stud positions) at centres specified by the
engineer/building designer.
TFLS Bracket and packers.
TFLS installed at 1200mm
centres, unless otherwise
specified.
Wall Panel Stud
Bottom Rail of
Wall panel
TFLS packers.
Sole Plate
129-150
Packers installed at
intermediate load
points.
Repeat process around the rest of the building. Once
the ground floor walls are in situ, install packers under
the load points not supported by a TFLS bracket.
DPC
Bracket/packer configuration may be used as illustrated
below.
Alternate Installation (aids levelling of the mortar bed).
Starting at the highest point of the foundation slab, position
and install the TFLS bracket including one packer.
Mortar/screed infill
between TFLS packers.
Position and install a second TFLS bracket at the opposite
end of the foundation slab and level to the first by adding
packers as necessary to the second TFLS bracket.
Infill between first and second TFLS brackets with additional
brackets. Level by adding packers as necessary to each
bracket.
TFLS Bracket and packers.
Using the levelled TFLS as a guide, mortar between the
brackets to produce a level base for the sole plate to sit on -
ensuring the mortar bed is the full width of the sole plate.
Please Note:
• The TFLS is laid on top of the DPC.
• Fixing of the TFLS bracket to the foundation and the sole plate shall be in accordance with the
engineer’s instructions.
• If the TFLS bracket and/or packers are installed at every load point then it is not necessary to fill the void between the underside of the sole plate
and the foundation with structural grout (filling of void may be required to satisfy other regulations or requirements, i.e. Part L and Part E regulations).
SPA Sole Plate Anchor
Versatile anchor to attach timber sole plates to
concrete foundations.
SPA Sole Plate Anchor
INSTALLATION:
• Fasteners can be located where suitable.
• The SPA is laid on top of the DPC, lined up and
shotfired to the concrete base.
• The timber is then laid down and secured with
nails through the upright flange of the anchor.
MATERIAL: 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Typical SPA Installation
105

Timber Frame Connectors
ETFSS Hold Down Strap
ETFSS hold down strap provides restraint against uplift to
timber frame structures keeping them firmly to the ground.
ETFSS/ETFSS06
The ETFSS is the first timber frame strap to be CE marked. Incredibly strong yet
just 1.2mm thick, and can be used on cavity widths from 50 to 100mm.
• Quick and simple to install.
• One size strap suits cavities from 50 to 100mm.
• CE Marked.
• Tested at Ceram Building Technology in accordance with BS EN 846-4:
2002, evaluated in accordance with BS EN 845-1:2003,
• Meets NHBC Technical requirements.
• Meets NSAI Technical requirements.
Material:
1.2mm stainless steel.
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners
specified in the table.
ETFSS = 345mm
ETFSS06 = 155mm
ETFSS Hold Down Strap Performance Data
Model
No.
Overall
Length
Dimension (mm)
Qty of Fasteners
Thickness Width Type Timber End
Cavity
(mm)
SWL
Short Term
Uplift (kN)
Declared
Load
(kN)
380mm
ETFSS 800
1.2 33
ETFSS06 610 Opt 1
Opt 1 6 50 3.0 6.3
Opt 2 8 51-100 1.5 3.2
4 50 2.7 5.4
4 51-100 1.4 2.9
50-100mm
75mm
33mm
Opt 1 = 3.35 x 50mm Stainless Steel Annular Ring Shank Nails - fill all round holes.
Opt 2 = 3.35 x 50mm Stainless Steel Annular Ring Shank Nails - fill all round and triangular holes.
Typical ETFSS Installation
Location and spacing of straps to be
specified by the building designer.
106

Timber Frame Connectors
BTS/SWT Stainless Steel Wall Ties
The BTS and SWT are wall ties used to restrain the external brickwork back to the building
structures, while maintaining a clear cavity.
The BTS and SWT offer an outstanding combination of performance and cost in a wall tie for use with timber
frame or SIP (Structural Insulated Panels). Manufactured from 0.5mm thick stainless steel, which exceeds the
performance requirements for differential movement, compression and tension resistance.
A Type 6 wall tie in accordance with BS EN 845-1:2001, suitable for movement in timber frame and SIP structures
allowing up to 24mm of movement supported by the carried members.
Location Density of Ties Spacing (mm)
All South East England and Town and
City sites where basic wind speed does
not exceed 52m/sec
4.4 ties per m 2 600 x 375
BTS50N
All sites where basic wind speed
exceeds 52m/sec
7 ties per m 2 600 x 225
Timber Frame Installation
Use 3.35mm x 50mm stainless steel annular ring shank nails (supplied with tie).
BTS50N BTS75N BTS100N
50mm Cavity 75mm Cavity 100mm Cavity
BTS Compressive Load Capacity 414N.
BTS Tensile Load Capacity 600N.
BTS Installation
SWT Installation
SIP Installation
Due to having to fix to OSB alone, when building with SIP, a stainless steel screw is
required to maintain the strength of the connection.
SWT50 SWT75 SWT100
50mm Cavity 75mm Cavity 100mm Cavity
NEW!
SWT Compressive Load Capacity 414N.
SWT Tensile Load Capacity 714N.
SWT Screw
107

Timber Frame Connectors
IC Insulation Clip
Holds rigid insulation within timber frame panels.
The IC Insulation clip provides a quick and simple method of retaining rigid insulation within a timber frame
panel, creating a controlled gap for services. The IC saves time by allowing the insulation to be installed
from the same side as the sheathing, which elminates the need to turn the panel during construction. And
since it fixes to the stud via the speed prong feature - no nailing is required.
NEW!
• Sizes to suit common stud widths.
• Multiple depths to suit common thickness of rigid insulation.
• Insulation installed same side as the sheathing - panel no longer needs to be turned during construction.
• No nails required, speed prong feature fixes into the stud.
• Split into two halves for single use around door and window openings, cripple studs and panel end studs
• Manufactured from 0.5mm galvanised steel.
Installation:
1. Make up the timber frame panel with the top and bottom rails and studs. 2. Position IC clip on the studs
and fix. 3. Cut rigid insulation to size and push fit between the studs. 4. Fix sheathing board onto the panel.
Sheathing
Insulation clip
Stud
Thickness
Item Code
Width
(mm)
Height
(mm)
IC71/38
71
IC81/38 81
IC91/38 91
IC101/38 101
Front View
Rigid insulation
Sheathing
Timber top rail
Timber stud
Top View
38mm
IC106/38 106
38
IC111/38 111
IC121/38 121
IC136/81 136
Insulation clip
Insulation clip
Timber stud
IC165/38 165
IC176/38 176
IC71/45
71
Timber stud
IC91/45 91
IC101/45 101
Rigid insulation
Sheathing
Rigid insulation
45mm
IC106/45 106
45
IC111/45 111
IC121/45 121
IC165/45 165
Timber bottom rail
IC176/45 176
108

Timber Frame Connectors
PWT Party Wall Tie
Party Wall Tie to meet acoustic requirements.
The PWT200 is the first connector specifically
designed and engineered to connect the party
walls of timber framed buildings.
75
75
62 50
62 50
PWT200
50
50
62 75
62 75
It’s manufactured using minimum material section for optimum sound performance. This allows the Tie to meet the
requirements of Part E of the Building Regulations (Resistance to the Passage of Sound), whilst incorporating a unique
stiffening rib for maximum structural capacity. The Party Wall Tie has cavity widths of 50, 62 and 75mm stamped on
the upper surface to help you check for a consistent cavity width up through the building.
As it has been designed specifically for purpose, the nail holes (just four 3.75 x 30mm at each end) are positioned to
ensure the minimum edge distances are always achieved.
• Meets the requirements of Part E of The Building Regulations (Resistance to the Passage of Sound).
• Suits timber frame party wall cavities from 50 to 75mm.
• Can be used on Closed Panel Construction – where 50mm stiffening rib helps to check that minimum 50mm
cavity width has been achieved.
• Minimum material section for optimum sound performance.
Material: 1.5mm galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
• Quick and easy installation using only 8 No. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails – 4 per side.
• Nails holes positioned to ensure Minimum Nail Edge Distances are always achieved.
• In order to minimise the risk of sound transfer, it is recommended that the PWT200 is installed at 1200mm
centres, unless otherwise specified by the building designer or engineer.
• The PWT200 is to be installed at, or near ceiling level.
Model No.
Dimensions (mm)
Fasteners
Length Width Material Qty Specification
Safe Working Load
(kN)
PWT200 200 25 1.5 8 3.75mm x 30mm 1.78
Typical PWT Installation
Below: PWT Installed to SIP
109

Angles and Ties
A34/A35 Framing Anchors
ETA-07/0137
The A35 anchor’s exclusive bending slot allows
instant, accurate bending on site for all two and
three-way ties.
36
36
A34
36
36
Balanced, completely reversible design allows the A35 to be
used to secure a wide variety of connections.
A35
Material:
1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
Use all the specified fasteners.
See "General Notes" (page 12).
76
38
63
Model
No.
Type of
Connection
Fasteners
(3.75mm x 30mm
Square Twist)
A34 1 8
A35
2 12
3 9
4 12
Direction
of Load
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Long Term C16 Timber
Characteristic Capacity (kN)
C24 Timber
F1 1.30 0.97
F2 1.06 0.63
F1 1.30 1.33
F2 1.46 0.89
F1 0.98 0.60
F2 0.64 0.59
F3 0.98 0.46
F1 0.98 1.03
F2 0.98 1.14
F3 0.57 0.84
1. Safe working loads are for one anchor. When the anchors are installed on each side of the joist, the minimum joist thickness is 75mm.
2. Characteristic capacities are for one anchor. When anchors are installed on each side of the joist the minimum thickness is 47mm.
3. Some illustrations show connections that would cause cross-grain tension or bending of the wood during loading if not reinforced sufficiently. In which
case, consider mechanical reinforcement.
Type of connections
1: A34 2: A35 3: A35
4: A35
F2
F1
F3
F1
F2
F3
Beam to Posts
A and B Legs Outside
Ceiling Joists
To Beam
Chimney Framing
Joists
To Beam
Studs to Plate
with B Leg Outside
Joists to Plate
with A Leg Inside
110

Angles and Ties
L70 Reinforcing Angle
A reinforcing angle designed to transfer loads between 2 ply floor
joists/wood web joists.
The L70 Reinforcing Angle may be used in pairs to transfer the
loads between floor joist plys.
35
Material: 1.6mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation: Use all the specified fasteners.
• Use in pairs; as illustrated. The distance between the centre of each L70 in the
pair should not exceed 300mm.
• Nail the shorter sides of the L70’s into the sides of the loaded joist member.
• Nail the longer sides of the L70’s into the top of the clipped joist member.
• Floor decking shall be applied to the top chord of each joist. Attach decking to
each joist with nails or screws at a maximum of 300mm centres.
178
60
Model
No.
Qty
No. Fasteners (2)
(3.75mm x 30mm)
C16 Timber
Safe Working
Loads (kN) (1)
TR26 Timber
L70 2 16 3.42 3.96
1. Maximum allowable load transfer for each pair of L70 reinforcing angles, subject to load
transfer rates within the table below.
2. 3.75 x 30mm refers to square twist nails.
3. Allowable loads shown are for joist top chord applications only.
4. Allowable loads shown are for downward vertical floor loads only.
LOADED
TRUSS
60mm
Typical L70 Installation
CLIPPED
FLOOR TRUSS
300mm (MAX)
% of Applied Load Transferred to Clipped Truss
L70 Position
L/D
Greater or equal
12
L/D
L/D
Less Than 12
Middle 2⁄3 of Joist Span 40% 20%
End 1⁄6 of Span 25% 20%
F TRANSFER
1. L/D = Truss Span (mm) divided by Joist Depth (mm).
2. The joist designer shall determine the L/D ratio required to ensure satisfactory joist performance.
3. The joist designer shall design each joist to meet all applicable code requirements.
4. The joist designer must determine the quantity and spacing of pairs based on load capacity requirements. Provide
a pair of L70’s at each load application point unless the loaded joist is designed for the total load applied between
the L70’s. (Load transfer shall not exceed the applicable table value or the limits stated in the notes).
5. Loads may not be increased for construction or other loading conditions.
A Angles
The ‘A’ angles versatility means it can be used in many applications
requiring 90° fixing.
W 2
W 1
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
A88
Installation: Use all the specified fasteners.
Model
No.
Material
Fasteners
Dimension
Base
Post
W 1 W 2 L Bolts Nails Bolts Nails
SWL (kN)
F 1 F 2
Typical
A21-A23
Installation
L
A21 1.2 50 38 35 - 2 1 - 2 1 0.61 0.51
A23 1.2 50 38 70 - 4 1 - 4 1 1.22 1.22
A33 2.5 75 75 38 - 4 2 - 4 2 1.80 0.96
A88 2.5 200 200 50 3 - 10mm - 3 - 10mm - - -
1. Use 3.75mm x 30mm nails.
2. Use 3.75mm x 75mm nails.
F 1
F 2
Typical
A33
Installation
111

Angles and Ties
Angles and Ties Technical Notes
Characteristic Values
The characteristic values (F k ) have been determined in accordance with Eurocode 5 and ETAG 015, which are
defined by the relevant European Technical Approval. The design values are obtained from the following formula:
F design = F k x k mod
ᵧm
Where: K mod - modification factor, dependent on the service class, the duration of load and the
type of material used.
ᵧm
- partial safety factor.
F 1
F 1
F 2 F 3
b
e
F 1
b
f
e
Beam or Rigid Support
Beam or Rigid Support
Beam or Rigid Support
2 brackets per assembly
1 bracket per assembly
The above is only valid if the application is in accordance with the diagrams shown above.
All units are in kilo Newtons (kN).
Load Application
F1 - Tensile Force
When application is with 2 brackets the tensile force occurs in the central axis of the joint.
When application is with 1 bracket only:
If the structure prevents rotation or failure of the supported member, the tensile resistance is equal to half
of the value for 2 brackets - otherwise:
The tensile resistance of the assembly depends on the distance > between the vertical contact
surface and the point of load application.
F2 & F3 - Lateral Force:
When application is with 1 bracket only: the value of resistance is equal half of that given for two
brackets.
112

Angles and Ties
Angles and Ties Technical Notes
Combined Loads
In cases of combined loads, the following check shall be verified:
F2 and F3 are opposing forces.
F 1 +F 2 +F 3 :
Type of Application
The characteristic values published are dependent on the type of application and material to which they are fixed.
There are three main categories as shown below.
Fixing - Timber/Timber
Type Beam/Beam
Fixing - Timber/Timber
Type Post/Beam
Fixing - Timber/Concrete
Type Beam/Rigid Support
For each of these types of application, full nailing conditions apply, ie. every nail hole is filled.
Timber Strength Class
The values correspond to the the use of timber class C24 for structural applications.
For a higher grade of timber the tabular values remain unchanged.
For a lower class of timber the tabulated values should be factored down with the k dens coefficient as shown:
Where 350kg/m 3 : Characteristic density of timber class C24 in accordance with BS EN 338.
: Characteristic density of timber used in accordance with BS EN 338.
113

Angles and Ties
ABR/E/EB Reinforced Angle Brackets
ETA-06/0106
Heavy angles for general connecting of timber at 90 o angles. Reinforced ribs add extra rigidity.
Typical application include fixing trusses, purlins and posts. Suitable support materials include solid timber,
composite timber, laminated timber and trusses.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
E5/2C50
E2/2,5/7090
E9S/2,5
EB/7076
ABR105-R
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
Thickness A B C
Nails
Fixing Holes
Bolts
Leg B Leg C Leg B Leg C
E5/2C50 2.0 65 75 48 7 6 1 (1) 1 (1)
E2/2,5/7090 2.5 65 90 90 10 10 1 (2) 1 (2)
E9S/2,5 2.5 65 150 90 14 8 2 (2) 1 (2)
E9/2,5 2.5 65 150 150 14 14 2 (2) 2 (2)
EB/7070 2.0 55 70 70 6 6 1 (4) 1 (4)
EB/7076 3.0 76 90 48 12 7 3 (3) 1 (3)
ABR105-R 3.0 90 105 105 14 10 1 (2) 3 (2)
(1) 11mm Obround. (2) 11mm. (3) 13mm. (4) 8.5mm.
Connection with Timber/Timber type Beam/Beam use of 2 brackets
Model
No.
Fixing Holes
Characteristic Values (kN)
Nails Tension (F 1 ) Shear (F 2 =F 3 )
Leg B Leg C Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (2) Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (2)
E5/2C50 7 6 5.20 6.40 4.90 6.40
E2/2,5/7090 10 10 6.60 10.60 7.60 10.50
E9S/2,5 14 8 4.70 7.70 8.70 11.90
E9/2,5 14 14 4.90 8.20 9.30 13.00
EB/7070 6 6 4.40 7.10 4.40 6.80
EB/7076 12 7 4.90 7.90 10.70 16.30
ABR105-R 14 10 8.90 14.30 13.60 19.10
E2/2,5/7090 Installed
Post to Beam
Connection with Timber/Timber type Post/Beam use of 2 brackets
Model
No.
Fixing Holes
Characteristic Values (kN)
Nails Tension (F 1 ) Shear (F 2 =F 3 )
Leg B Leg C Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (2) Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (2)
E9S/2,5 14 8 2.80 4.80 7.10 9.80
E9/2,5 14 14 3.10 5.10 6.70 9.60
Connection with Timber/Concrete Support type Beam/Rigid Support use of 2 brackets
Model
No.
Fixing Holes
Characteristic Values (kN)
Nails Bolts Tension (F 1 ) Shear (F 2 =F 3 )
Leg B Leg C Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (1)
E5/2C50 7 1 Ø M10 3.90 6.00 2.20 2.90
EB/7076 12 1 Ø M12 12.70 16.80 6.90 11.05
Notes.
1. 4.0 x 35mm refers to a 35mm length CNA
connector nail with a diameter of 4mm.
2. 4.0 x 50mm refers to a 50mm length CNA
connector nail with a diameter of 4mm.
3. Full nailing conditions apply.
4. Load capacities are only applicable when
using 4mm diameter annular ring shank
nails.
5. See page 15 for fastener capacities.
114

Angles and Ties
EA Light Reinforced Angle Bracket
These angle brackets are used to assemble structural
joinery for internal applications.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
Thickness W 1 W 2 L
Fixing Holes
Nails
(5mm)
Bolts
(11mm)
EA444/2C50 2.0 40 40 40 6 -
EA554/2C50 2.0 50 50 40 8 2
L
W 2
W 1
W 1
L
W2
EA664/2C50 2.0 60 60 40 10 2
EA756/2C50 2.0 50 70 60 10 2
EA444/2 (EA554/2C50 Similar)
EA664/2
EC Light Duty Angle Bracket
These angle brackets are used for many DIY applications. They are generally adapted to
reinforce structural pieces of furniture.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
Fixing Holes
(5mm)
Thickness W 1 W 2 L Screws
EC30/2C50 2.0 30 30 15 4 x 4.2mm
EC40/2C50 2.0 40 40 15 4 x 4.2mm
EC50/2C50 2.0 50 50 15 4 x 4.2mm
EC80/2,5C50 2.5 80 80 15 6 x 4.2mm
EC90/3C50 2.0 90 90 18 4 x 5.5mm
EC80/2,5C50
L
W 2
W 1
RTA Light Duty Angles Bracket
These products allow the DIY individual to build shelves, tables, workbenches and utility furniture.
Rigid Tie Angles wrap around the wood members from two directions—obsoleting the need for angle bracing, gussets
and plywood stiffeners in many wood construction projects. The RTA is ideal for gates, rectangular frame construction
or any other project with right angles.
Material: RTA1—1.2mm; RTA2Z—1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Model
No.
Min.
Timber
Size
Suggested
Screws
RTA1
38mm
4 x No 6 Screw
x 32
RTA2Z 38mm 8 x SD8 x 1.25
RTA1 RTA2Z Typical RTA1
Installation
115

Angles and Ties
EFIXR/S Adjustable Angle Brackets
These angles are used for internal connections.
• Various bracket heights.
• Two slotted fixing holes for easier adjustment.
EFIXS120C50
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
Thickness W 1 W 2 L
Nails
(5mm)
Fixing Holes
Bolt Slots (mm)
W1
EFIXR553C50 2.0 50 50 30 8
EFIXR753C50 2.0 70 50 30 9
EFIXS100C50 2.5 98 52 30 10
EFIXS120C50 3.0 117 52 30 10
6.5 x 30
8.5 x 30
6.5 x 50
8.5 x 30
6.5 x 65
8.5 x 30
6.5 x 65
8.5 x 30
L
W2
END Multi Angle Bracket
These angle brackets are designed to ensure versatility.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
Fixing Holes/Slots
Thickness W 1 W 2 L Side W1 Side W2
END55/1,5C50
W1
END55/1,5C50 1.5 55 72 30
6.5x30mm
Slot
9mm Hole
9 x 25mm Slot
END100/1,5C50 1.5 100 72 30
2 x 6.5mm Hole 9mm Hole
6.5x45mm Slot
9 x 25mm Slot
L
W2
ES Nail Plate Angle Bracket
ETA-06/0106
Simple angle brackets which are very versatile, used for
timber to timber connections.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
ES10/40C50
Notes for table below.
W1
1. 4.0 x 35mm refers to a 35mm length annular ring shank nail
fastener with a diameter of 4mm.
2. 4.0 x 50mm refers to a 50mm length annular ring shank nail
fastener with a diameter of 4mm.
3. Full nailing conditions apply.
4. Load capacities only apply when the bracket is fixed using
4mm diameter annular ring shank nails.
L
W2
Model
No.
No. of Nails Dimensions (mm) Characteristic Values (kN)
Leg W1 Leg W2 Thickness W 1 W 2 L
116
Tension (F 1 ) Shear (F 2 = F 3 )
Ø 4.0 x 35mm Ø 4.0 x 50mm Ø 4.0 x 35mm Ø 4.0 x 50mm
ES10/40C50 5 5 2.5 60 60 40 2.4 3.1 2.3 3.1
ES10/60C50 8 8 2.5 60 60 60 3.6 4.9 5.6 7.4
ES11/60 11 11 2.5 80 80 60 3.6 4.9 7.3 9.8

Angles and Ties
ABC Angle Bracket for Cladding
The ABC angle bracket has been designed to fix vertical battens directly to the
supporting structure without the need for additonal battens, it creates a zone
for insulation and/or ventilation between the wall and the cladding.
• Connect vertical battens directly to the supporting structure.
• No need for horizontal battens.
• Creates a zone for insulation or ventilation.
• Reduces installation time, materials and cost.
• Suitable for cavities 50mm to 145mm.
NEW!
W1
L
W2
ABC Bracket
Vertical Cladding
Supporting Structure
Vertical Batten
Horizontal Cladding
Insulation
Horizontal Batten
Vertical
Cladding Boards
ABC Bracket
F1
F2
►
Horizontal
Cladding Boards
Characteristic Values (kN) per 1 Bracket
Item
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Fixings
Vertical
Slip under load measured at
extremity of bracket (F1 on diagram above)
W1 W2 L Supporting Supported 1mm 3mm
Horizontal
(F2 on diagram above)
ABC100/2,5 52 65 97
ABC120/2,5 52 65 117
ABC140/2,5 52 65 137
ABC160/2,5 52 65 157
1 2
0.22 0.36
0.18 0.31
1.56
117

Timber Connectors
H High Wind Tie
Designed to provide ties for trusses and rafters likely to be subject
to high winds, this versatile range may be used for general
purposes, strongback attachments and as all-purpose ties where
one timber crosses another.
35
41 55
H2.5 and H4 may be installed in pairs to achieve twice the stated safe working
loads. Where the truss thickness is less than 63mm install diagonally across
from each other, as shown in the illustration below.
150
H2.5A
The H4 has a unique shape that requires fewer nails. The design allows for
installation on the inside of the wall plate without interfering with the gypsum
board or for installation on the outside of the wall plate without interfering with
the cladding material.
Material: H2.5A: 1.2mm; H4: 0.9mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
55
38
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12).
• H4 ties are shipped in equal quantities of separate rights and lefts.
• Protruding nails should always be clinched.
H4
U.S. Patent
4,714,372
92
54
44
Model
No.
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
To Rafters
To Plates
Short
Term
Uplift
Safe
Working Loads (kN)
Lateral Short Term
F 1 F 2
H2.5A 5 5 2.31 0.49 0.49
H4 4 4 1.05 0.62 0.60
1. SWL’s are for one anchor. A minimum rafter thickness of 63mm must be used when framing anchors are installed
on each side of the joist and on the same side of the plate.
2. Uplift SWL’s are for the H4 sole plate installation 0.92kN; 1.58kN for H2.5A.
3. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement to resist all such
forces should be considered.
H2.5A Installation
H4 Sole Plate
Installation
(see footnote 2)
H4 Installation
Top View Installation to Achieve Twice the Load
H2.5A can be installed on the same side
of the wall plate.
Install H4 diagonally across from each other
for single ply 35mm or 47mm trusses.
Nailing H4 into both sides of a single ply 35mm or
47mm truss may cause the wood to split.
118

Timber Connectors
LS Skewable Angle
ETA-06/0106
Designed to attach timber members at irregular angles, these
connectors can be bent on site from 0° to 135°.
The staggered nail pattern reduces the possibility for splitting
and allows installation on both sides of the member.
Typical LS70
Installation
Material: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes"
(page 12). Angles should be bent to suit installation only once.
Joists must be constrained against rotation (for example, with
solid blocking) when using a single LS Angle per connection.
LS129-150
U.S. Patent 4,230,416
Model
No.
Length
Fasteners
(3.75mm x 75mm)
Safe
Working
Loads (kN)
Long
Term
Medium
Term
LS70 Top View
LS30 85 6 1.29 1.60
LS50 124 8 1.73 2.16
LS70 162 10 2.16 2.58
1. Loads are for one part only.
2. Minimum timber thickness to achieve table load is 45mm. For 35mm timber,
use 81% of the table load.
55
55
DSTC/SSTC Double and Single Sided Timber Connectors
Single sided and double sided connector plates for enhanced
bolt performance in timber. Conforms to BS EN 912: 1999 Annex
C. Specification for toothed plate connectors.
SSTC
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Thickness as stated in table.
DSTC
Model
No.
Dia.
d c
Dimensions(mm)
Hole Dia.
d 1
Material
t
Teeth Height
ht
SSTC50 48 12 1.00 6.6
SSTC60 62 12 1.20 8.7
SSTC75 75 16 1.25 10.4
DSTC50 48 16 1.00 13.0
DSTC60 62 20 1.20 16.0
DSTC75 75 26 1.25 19.5
Typical DSTC
Installation
T Brackets
Model
No.
66T
Material
2.0mm
Galvanised Steel
Fasteners Dimensions (mm)
Nails 1 Bolts 2 L H B
8 3 150 125 38
1. Use 4.0mm x 100mm nails.
2. Use 10mm bolts.
3. Nail holes Diameter: 4.3mm.
4. Bolt holes diameter 11m.
66T
Typical 66T Installation
119

Caps and Bases
ABE/PBS/CB Post Bases
ABE and PBS features 25mm standoff height above concrete floors to
reduce the potential for decay at post and column ends.
• ABE base design includes anchor bolt adjustment slot. Four-sided standoff plate
increases download support and provides attractive appearance.
• PBS must be set when concrete is poured.
• The ABE may be attached to anchor bolt when concrete is poured or by means
of a chemical or expansion anchor in existing concrete.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel, see table, CB: 5.0mm mild steel (hot dip
galvanised).
ETA-08/0285
ABE44Z
25mm
Standoff
Plate
129-150
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12).
• Not recommended for installations where top of post/column is not restrained
such as some fence applications.
• Embed PBS into wet concrete up to the bottom of 25mm standoff base plate.
• ABE for pre-pour installed anchors, embed 100mm into concrete. For epoxy
or wedge anchors, select and install according to anchor manufacturer’s
recommendations; anchor diameter shown in table.
• Install required washer (included).
CB
75
110
ABE Installed PBS44A Installed CB Installed
200
HB
SIMPSON
Strong Tie ®
W 2
(75mm-200mm)
W 1
(75mm-200mm)
D
Model
No.
Post
Size
(mm)
Material
(mm)
Fasteners
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
(C24)
Dimensions
Post 1
Anchor
Short Term Uplift Short Term F1 Short Term F2 Long
Term
Dia.
Bolts
Nails
Down
Base Strap W1 W2 D Qty Dia. Nails Bolts Nails Bolts Nails Bolts Up Down
ABE44Z 89 x 89 1.5 1.5 90 89 - 14 6 (2) - - 2.31 - - - - - 29.65 7.2 64.0
PBS44A 89 x 89 2.5 2.0 90 89 89 - 14 (3) 2 14 10.68 6.96 5.18 1.02 3.94 3.94 29.65 16 54.5
ABE44RZ 100 x 100 1.5 1.5 101 89 - 14 6 (2) - - 1.78 - - - - - 29.65 7.2 64.0
ABE66Z 133 x 133 2.5 2.0 140 138 - 16 8 (3) - - 4.00 - - - - - 53.40 9.6 130.9
ABE66RZ 150 x 150 2.5 2.0 154 138 - 16 8 (3) - - 4.00 - - - - - 53.40 9.6 130.9
1. Use nails or bolts for the PBS fasteners.
2. Use 3.75mm x 30mm nails.
3. Use 4.0mm 90mm nails.
PP/APB Adjustable Elevated Post Bases
ETA-08/0285
Elevated post bases to suit various sizes and elevation requirements.
Material: Plate: 4mm mild steel.
Finish: Galvanised.
PPA100
APB
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm) Bolts (Total) Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
W1 B1 W2 B2 H Qty Dia. C24
PPA100 100 100 130 130 100 8 11 55.9
APB100/150 100 100 130 130 100-150 8 11 45.0
120

Caps and Bases
PBH Post Bases
The PBH is a heavy duty elevated post base to suit various sizes of timber and Glulam post.
F 2
Model
No.
Top Plate
Dimensions
(mm)
Lower Plate
W 1 B 1 W 2 B 2
F 1 F 2 H Qty
Bolts Base
Dia.
(mm)
Bolts Post
Qty
Dia.
(mm)
F 1 W B 1 1
PBH75 75 75 100 160 110 45 200 2 13 2 8.5
PBH120 120 120 155 155 110 90 200 4 13 4 8.5
Material: Plate 8mm mild steel.
Finish: Hot Dip galvanised.
• Non-standard sizes available to order.
• Dowels are supplied with the post base.
W 2
B 2
H
PBH Post Base
PBH Post Base, with
post installed.
129-150
EPC/PC Post Caps
Specially produced connectors for post-beam connections.
The PC extension beam side plates function as tie straps where splices
occur. EPC versions should be used for conditions when the beam ends at a
post. PC and EPC are manufactured from 2.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Model
No.
Post
Size
(mm)
Dimensions
(mm)
W 1 W 2 L 1 L 2 L 3 Post
Post Caps
Fasteners
(4.0mm x 90mm)
Surfaces
Beam
(PC)
Beam
(EPC)
SWL (kN)
Short Term
Uplift
Lateral
PC44 89 X 89 90 90 67 280 - 8 12 - 6.18 4.11
End Post Caps
EPC44 89 X 89 90 90 67 - 185 8 - 8 6.18 4.76
EPC
Installation
PC
Installation
L 2
CC Column Caps
Column caps can be made to order for standard timber or
composite wood sizes. Bolts must be ordered separately.
CC, ECC CCC, CCT & ECCLL combinations are available to
order. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Material: 5mm mild steel.
Finish: Hot Dip Galvanised.
Installation: Use 16mm bolts.
To order: Specify W1, W2 & H1 dimensions.
Dimensions
Range (mm)
Min.
Max.
W1 75 225
W2 75 250
H1 100 200
L 280
30
75
30
30
Typical CC
Installation
CCC CCT ECCLL
100
SIMPSON
Strong Tie ®
75
ECCLR = opposite hand.
CC
65
121

Straps
HES/LES Heavy/Light Engineered Restraint Straps
A direct replacement for traditional 2.5mm and 5mm thick
restraint straps, the innovative design of these new lightweight
straps allows ease of handling and installation whilst maintaining
the structural strength and robustness of much heavier weight
types.
The HES (heavy engineered strap) & LES (light engineered strap) replace
traditional heavy and light restraint straps in roof and floor construction.
Reducing the thickness to 1.5mm allows the HES strap to span over the top
of floor joists and the bottom chords of trusses without the need for notching.
HES straps are less than 40% of the weight, quicker to fit, and overcome
many fixing problems associated with traditional heavy straps.
HES
(inc. Mortar Key)
L1
129-150
L2
The LES is designed for vertical applications e.g. holding down wall plates.
• CE Marked.
• 1.5mm thick.
• Formed edge design gives additional strength on bend.
• Complies with BS EN 845-1: 2008.
• Lighter, less than 40% of the weight of traditional straps.
• Quicker to install - can fit over top of floor joists and truss bottom chords.
• Easier to course with blockwork.
• No need to notch joists.
L2
33
38
Material: 1.5mm galvanised mild steel
Horizontal strap installation: Approved Document A of the
Building Regulations requires lateral restraint to be provided at each floor at a
maximum of 2 metre centres.
LES
Patent GB 2423532
Restraint straps "perpendicular" to the floor joists are required to be held tight
against the masonry and fixed across the first 3 joists.
L1
Restraint straps "parallel" to the floor joists are required to be held tight to the
masonry and be at least 1200mm long.
The characteristic tensile strength for horizontal restraint straps should not be
less than 8kN.
Vertical strap installation: Vertical strapping at least 1 metre in length
should be provided at eaves level at intervals not exceeding 2 metres.
Engineered Strap Performance Data
Type
Model
No.
Dimension (mm)
L1
L2
Masonry
Wall
Fasteners
Floor Joist or
Rafter
Characteristic
Load
(kN)
HES06B10 500 100
Heavy
Engineered Strap
HES08B10 700 100
HES10B10 900 100
HES12B10 1100 100
-
8 off
3.75x30mm
Square Twist
Nails
8.0
Certificate numbers
HES: RD1160211A
LES: RD1160211B
HES15B10 1400 100
Light
Engineered Strap
LES06B10 500 100
LES08B10 700 100
LES10B10 900 100
LES12B10 1100 100
5 off
#12x50mm
Wood Screw (1)
3 off
3.75x30mm
Square Twist
Nails
1. Wood screws to be plugged and screwed into masonry. The lowest fixing to be within 150mm of the bottom of the strap.
4.0
122

Straps
HES/LES Heavy/Light Engineered Restraint Straps
Roof Application:
HES strap fits underneath the rafter and
noggins, as per NHBC/TRA detail.
In all instances fix HES using
8 No. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.
Floor Joist Application:
Fix HES strap using 8 No.
3.75mm x 30mm square twist nail.
Vertical Application:
Fix LES strap to wall plate with 3 No.
3.75x30 square twist nails. Fix LES strap
to masonry with
5 off # 12 x 50mm wood screws,
plugged and screwed into masonry.
The lowest fixing should be located
within 150mm of the bottom of the
vertical strap.
Metal Web Joist Application:
One strap at maximum 2m centres or as
required by the building designer.
I-Joist Application Option 1:
Strap can be fitted over joist without the
need to cut through web or flange.
Strap is easier to course
with blockwork
The I-Joist nogging can be fitted by
either skew nailing or ZS Clips (using
ZS clips will make fitting easier).
I-Joist Application Option 2:
The HES Safety Fast Strap can be used in
conjunction with solid timber noggins.
I-Joist Application Option 3:
The HES Safety Fast Strap can also be fitted
underneath the top flange of the I-Joist.
123

Straps
L/H Light/Heavy Restraint Straps
H and L straps are designed to The Building Regulations,
BS 5268 Part 3 and other building standards for vertical and
horizontal restraint when connecting timber floor and roof
systems to masonry walls.
Flat Twist Double Twist
30
30
• Heavy restraint straps meet requirements for lateral restraint of roof
trusses, rafters and joists tied into masonry walls.
• Light restraint straps are designed for vertical loads such as wall
plates on top of masonry walls.
• All common sizes in stock from 500 to 2000mm long,
100mm increments.
9 MIN.
L
L
T
45±5
L
T2
129-150
Material: H: 30mm x 5mm; L: 30mm x 2.5mm, mild steel.
T1
Finish: Z300 pre-galvanised and edge coated.
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12).
Bend
Double Bend
• Horizontal lateral restraint straps should be spaced not more than
2m centres and attached to at least 3 timber members through the
use of noggings and packing. Attach to timber members with four
steel screws or four 4mm x 75mm round nails for roofs and two
into each joist for floors. The bend length should be a minimum of
100mm and should be positioned at the centre of an uncut block or
brick.
L
B 1
B 1
B 2
L
• Vertical restraint strapping should be at least 1m long. Where straps
are fixed to masonry, hardened nails Ø4mm x 75mm long or wood
screws into plugs #12 x 50mm long should be used. The number of
fixings should be in accordance with the design requirements and
the lowest fixing should be located within 150mm of the bottom of
the vertical strap.
To order: Specify model series, overall length, bend (B) dimension and/
or twist (T) dimension.
L
B 1
T 1
Bend and Twist
Example: 30 x 5 strap that has an overall length of 1m, a bend at 10cm and a twist at
20cm. (See illustration for detail on measuring bend & twist dimensions).
H 10 B10 T20
Strap
Type
Strap
Length
(dm)
Bend
Length
(cm)
Twist
Length
(cm)
Common Bent Strap Sizes Common Twisted Strap Sizes Common Flat Strap Sizes
Model
No.
Dimension (mm)
L B 1
Model
No.
Dimension (mm)
L T 1
Model
No.
Dimension
(mm)
L
H06B15 600 150
H08B15 800 150
H10B15 1000 150
H12B15 1200 150
H15B15 1500 150
H16B15 1600 150
L06B10 600 100
L10B10 1000 100
L12B10 1200 100
H06T15 600 150
H10T15 1000 150
L06T10 600 100
L10T10 1000 100
L12T10 1200 100
124
H10F00 1000
L10F00 1000

Straps
L/H Light/Heavy Restraint Straps
Typical strap configurations
H (Heavy) Strap Configuration 1 H (Heavy) Strap Configuration 2
L (Light) Strap Configuration 1 L (Light) Strap Configuration 2
125

Straps
FMS Folded Mini Strap
The FMS strap provides restraint to masonry walls when the walls are supporting
joist ends. They make installation easier, quicker and more cost effective - without
compromising on wall stability.
In place of the heavy traditional 30x5mm strap at 2.0m c/c
spacing, the FMS strap is installed to provide restraint at
every joist end, whether built in or on hangers. So there’s no
need to calculate where the straps go, or worry about getting
one in the wrong place.
Every job gets done quicker and more smoothly. The FMS
strap goes on every joist end up to 600mm c/c spacing, and
blockwork up to 125mm thick.
FEATURES:
• Replaces conventional 30x5mm straps fitted at 2m
centres
• Ideal solution for 2 ½ & 3 storey buildings which require
straps on joist ends when built in to masonry walls
• Improves quality of build
• Saves time and labour costs
• Greatly reduces scope for installation errors
• Simplifies on-site inspection process
• Accepted by NHBC
Bend Reinforced
with Embossment
FMS
Only 3 No 3.75 x 30mm
square twist nails required
to fix to joist
129-150
FMS - For use where the joist and
hanger are the same height:
1. Place carried joist into hanger,
securing joist into the hanger by
installing all specified fixings.
2. Sit FMS strap on top of joist
as shown above, ensuring
the return is hooked over
supporting masonry and is tight
against outer face of masonry.
3. Install 3 No 3.75x30mm square
twist nails into the side of joist.
FMSB - For use in conjunction
with joists built into walls:
1. Sit joist onto blockwork,
ensuring that joist is fully bearing
onto supporting masonry.
2. Fit FMSB strap to side of joist
at the bottom as shown above,
ensuring the return is hooked
over supporting masonry and
is tight against outer face of the
masonry.
3. Install 3 No 3.75x30 square twist
nails through holes into side of
joist.
FMSC - For use with coursing
masonry hangers:
1. Place carried joist into hanger,
securing joist into the hanger by
installing all specified fixings.
2. Fit FMSC strap to side of joist
as shown below, ensuring the
return is hooked over supporting
masonry and is tight against
outer face of the masonry.
3. Install 3 No 3.75x30mm square
twist nails through holes into the
side of joist.
4. Build remaining blockwork
between and above joist and
strap. See note 2.
Notes:
1. All joist ends require a folded mini strap.
2. If the joist is an I-Beam, use a Simpson Strong-Tie End Seal (SES) to control air leakage.
3. Standard masonry hangers require a minimum of 3 courses (675mm)of blockwork with mortar fully cured before applying a load to the floor.
126

Straps
HSA Herringbone Joist Strut
Superior alternative to unreliable, slow and costly timber struts. Meets
bracing requirements for long span domestic floors.
Material: 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
53
HSA
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12).
• Generally required at centre of span when floor joists exceed 2.5 metres. Spans
exceeding 4.5 metres require two rows spaced at 1/3 and 2/3span.
• HSA come sized to suit joist centre spacing of 400, 450 & 600mm.
• See tables for spacing. Common model width 30mm.
Product Selection Guide
Model Table
Joist Size
(mm)
Spacing(mm)
400 450 600
Model No.
Length
(mm)
Qty Fasteners
(3.75x30mm
square twist nail)
50 x 175 HSA400 HSA450 HSA600
50 x 200 HSA400 HSA450 HSA600
50 x 225 HSA400 HSA450 HSA600
HSA400 480 2
HSA450 530 2
HSA600 660 2
Typical HSA Installation
FB/LSTA/LTS/MTS Strap Ties
Twist straps provide a tension connection between two wood members.
ETA-07/0137 (MTS/LTS only)
W
• Install strap ties where tension connections are required. Commonly used as
ridge ties and at wall intersections.
• FB fixing band is for all general light strapping needs. Perfect for DIY,
industrial and agricultural applications. Comes in convenient 10 metre rolls.
LSTA24
Material: See table; Pre-galvanised mild steel (FB20S: Stainless steel).
LSTA9
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12).
• FB can be easily bent or twisted for many versatile installations. No load rating
provided, and not recommended for structural applications.
• Members must have the same number of installed nails at each end. Otherwise,
the load is limited by the least number of nails in either member.
75
Model
No.
Material
Thickness
Dimensions (mm)
Width
Length
Qty Fasteners
(3.75mm x 30mm)
SWL
(Long Term)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Twisted Straps
LTS18 1.2 32 457 12 2.07 2.89
MTS12 1.5 32 302 12 2.41 4.02
Straight Straps
LSTA9 1.0 32 228 8 1.40 -
LSTA18 1.0 32 457 14 2.45 -
LSTA24 1.0 32 610 18 3.15 -
FB20 0.9 20 10M - - -
FB20S 1.0 20 10M - - -
FB20
MTS
127

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties
C2K Crocodile Wall Extension Profiles
The UK’s most popular solution to the tying-in of new walls to
existing masonry walls/columns. The only system with “snap out”
ties which can be positioned anywhere along the channel for a
universal fit.
The C2K Crocodile Wall Starter is a quality engineered wall connector system
that has been developed for use with most brick and block modules. This
system has been designed for multi-purpose use where reliability and durability
are important requirements. It provides lateral support to masonry wall panels
in conversion, extension and new building work.
• BBA Approved for up to 8m, 3 storey work.
• Accommodates 10mm of vertical movement.
• Adjustable anchor ties to accommodate variation in brick courses.
• All fixings and ties provided within the packs.
33
CERTIFICATE No 02/3883
The multi-purpose ‘no flange profile’ that has been designed to cater for brick
and block walls of widths from 60 to 250mm. Ideal for internal and external
applications where both sides of the new wall are to be fair faced.
Material:
2236
Stainless Steel Profiles: 0.6mm stainless steel.
Mild Steel Profiles: 0.6mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Coach Screws: M6 x 50mm
Masonry Plugs: High density polythene.
Finish: Stainless steel or pre-galvanised mild steel with epoxy coating.
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners.
• Fasteners must be spaced evenly, unless otherwise specified, and installed
into the bricks or block and not into mortar joints.
• Insert wall ties provided at maximum 300mm centres, bedding the ties into
the mortar joints.
• Detailed site work instructions are provided with each wall connector
system.
• In exposed locations it may be necessary to incorporate additional
protection, for example the insertion of a vertical dpc.
2203
Fixing
Positions
Typical C2K
Installation
The appropriate
fixings and
fastenings are
included in the
C2K packaging.
Galvanised
Model No.
Stainless Steel
No.
Fixings
Connector
Width
(mm)
Total
Length
(mm)
New Wall
Thickness
(mm)
Shear
Strength 1
C2KG C2KS 6 33 2236 60 - 250 3.5kN
1. The design shear strength given relates to existing masonry of autoclave aerated concrete blocks with a minimum crushing of strength 3.5 N/mm2.
128

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties
1FUR/1EXT/1MPP/1MPS Wall Extension Profiles
A time saving solution to the tying-in of new walls to existing masonry
walls/columns (flanged options).
A quality engineered wall connector system that has been developed for use with
most brick and block modules. This system has been designed for multi-purpose
use where reliability and durability are important requirements. It provides lateral
support to masonry wall panels in conversion, extension and new building work.
• A time saving solution to the tying-in of new walls to existing masonry walls/
columns.
• Suitable for up to 8m, 3 storey work.
• Accommodates 10mm of vertical movement.
• Adjustable anchor ties to accommodate variation in brick courses.
• All fixings and ties provided within the packs.
129-150
Double flange profiles:
Double flange profiles provide the benefit of a channel within which to build the
new wall, giving substantial support to finished walls where the inside and outside
faces are to be plastered/rendered.
1FUR
Single flange profiles:
A single flange return provides an edge that, once plumbed, can be used for a
construction guide as well as giving support for walls to be fair faced on one side.
Profiles without flanges:
The multi-purpose no flange profile is designed for brick/block widths of 60 to
250mm and greater, being ideal for internal and external applications where both
sides of the new wall are to be fair faced.
Material:
Stainless Steel Profiles: 0.7mm stainless steel.
Mild Steel Profiles: 0.8mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Coach Screws: M6 x 50mm
Masonry Plugs: High density polythene.
1EXTS
Finish: Stainless steel or pre-galvanised mild steel with epoxy coated powder
finish.
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners.
• Fasteners must be spaced evenly, unless otherwise specified, and installed
into the bricks or block and not into mortar joints.
• Insert wall ties provided at maximum 300mm centres, bedding the ties into the
mortar joints.
• Detailed site work instructions are provided with each wall connector system.
• In exposed locations it may be necessary to incorporate additional protection,
for example the insertion of a vertical dpc.
1MPN
Galvanised
Model No.
Stainless Steel
No.of Fixings
Double Flange
Connector
Width (mm)
Total
Length
(mm)
New Wall
Thickness
(mm)
Shear Strength 1
1FUR5100 - 5 100 2315 100 6.0kN
Single Flange
1EXT100S 1FUR100S 5 85 2315 85 - 150 5.OkN
No Flange
1MPP056N 1MPS056N 5 56 2275 60 - 250 4.0kN
1. The design shear strength given relates to existing masonry of solid aerated concrete blocks of minimum crushing strength 5.0 N/mm2.
129

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties
FT Frame Tie
When fastening windows, door frames etc. to masonry the 1.0mm
pre-galvanised frame tie provides enhanced mortar keying and
reduces the risk of injury from sharp edges
Reinforced fixings holes and pressed channel cross section ensure rigid fixing.
Easily fits into 25mm frame grooves.
Model No L (mm)
FT150 100
FT200 150
FT250 200
L
WBT Window Board Tie
ATTACHES WINDOW BOARD TO MASONRY WALL.
Ø4
Ø6
21
Material: 2.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Item code WBT06 (150mm length).
12
LWTS/IRC Cavity Wall Tie and Insulation Retaining Clip
Improve the effective thickness of a wall under load. Maintain the moisture break and thermal/sound insulation
characteristics of cavity walls. Designed, manufactured and tested to the BS requirements of DD140 parts 1
and 2.
DD140 TYPE 3 CAVITY TIES:
• General purpose ties suitable for cavity widths up to 75mm.
• Suitable for use in masonry cavity walls of domestic houses and small commercial buildings up to 15m in
height, where the basic wind speed does not exceed 44m/s.
SOUND RESISTANCE: As stated within the Approved Document E 2003 - Resistance to the Passage of
Sound - wall ties used in external and separating cavity walls have to have a minimum value of dynamic
stiffness to reduce the transmission of airborne noise. Ties are separated into Type A and Type B.
• Type A: Can be used in separating walls and external walls subject to them also having the required
structural capacity. They can be butterfly ties or other ties with a dynamic stiffness of less than 4.8 MN/m 3.
•
• Type B: Can only be used in external cavity walls subject to them also having the required structural
capacity. They can be butterfly ties or other ties with a dynamic stiffness of less than 113 MN/m 3 .
MATERIAL:
Cavity Wall Ties: Stainless steel. Thickness in table below.
Insulation Clip: Black plastic.
INSTALLATION: For cavity walls with a leaf thickness of 90mm or more, unless otherwise
specified place ties at 900mm centres horizontally, 450mm centres vertically and staggered where
possible to a minimum density to be 2.5 ties per square metre.
Additional ties should be used at the unbonded vertical edges of an opening or at movement control joints.
These should be placed 225mm from the joint, or opening, edge and at a maximum of 300mm centre to
centre.
Ties should be embedded into each leaf by at least 50mm, however to allow for normal tolerances of cavity
widths this is usually increased. When using insulation batts, it may be necessary to reduce the horizontal tie
spacing to 600mm centres.
130

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties
LWTS/IRC Cavity Wall Tie and Insulation Retaining Clip
Model No
LWTS
Cavity
Dynamic Stiffness
MN/cu.m
Approval Category
50mm 55 Type B
75mm 27 Type B
IRC001
• Suitable for use with all cavity wall ties.
• Used to hold insulation material back
to structure.
Model No Description Material (mm) Cavity Length (mm)
L
LWTS DD140 Type 3 0.6 x 18 50-75 205
IRC001 Insulation Clip 75 Diameter - -
LWTS
BTS/SWT Stainless Steel Wall Ties
The BTS and SWT are wall ties used to restrain the external brickwork back to the building
structures, while maintaining a clear cavity.
The BTS and SWT offer an outstanding combination of performance and cost in a wall tie for use with timber
frame or SIP (Structural Insulated Panels). Manufactured from 0.5mm thick stainless steel, which exceeds the
performance requirements for differential movement, compression and tension resistance.
A Type 6 wall tie in accordance with BS EN 845-1:2001, suitable for movement in timber frame and SIP structures
allowing up to 24mm of movement supported by the carried members.
Location Density of Ties Spacing (mm)
All South East England and Town and
City sites where basic wind speed does
not exceed 52m/sec
4.4 ties per m 2 600 x 375
All sites where basic wind speed
exceeds 52m/sec
7 ties per m 2 600 x 225
Timber Frame Installation
Use 3.35mm x 50mm stainless steel annular ring shank nails (supplied with tie).
BTS50N BTS75N BTS100N
50mm Cavity 75mm Cavity 100mm Cavity
BTS
Installation
BTS Compressive Load Capacity 414N.
BTS Tensile Load Capacity 600N.
SIP Installation
Due to having to fix to OSB alone, when building with SIP, a stainless steel screw
(supplied with the tie) is required to maintain the strength of the connection.
SWT50 SWT75 SWT100
50mm Cavity 75mm Cavity 100mm Cavity
SWT Compressive Load Capacity 414N.
SWT Tensile Load Capacity 714N.
131
SWT Installation
SWT Screw
(Supplied)

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties
WTS Stainless Steel Wire Wall Tie
Type 2 and Type 4 Stainless Steel Masonry to Masonry Wall Ties.
WTS2: Type 2 Wall Ties: Masonry General Purpose
Type 2 wall ties are suitable for general purpose applications such as domestic and small commercial
buildings up to 15m in height. They can also be used in buildings with heights exceeding 15m, but
should only be used in those situations if shown to be of adequate performance by calculation. Use in
flat sites where the basic wind speed is up to 31 m/s and the altitude is not more than 150m above sea
level.
WTS4: Type 4 Wall Ties: Masonry Light Duty
Type 4 wall ties are light duty, suitable for box-form dwellings up to 10 metres high with leaves of similar
thickness, including internal separating cavity walls. Use in flat sites in towns and cities where the basic
wind speed does not exceed 25 m/s and the altitude is not more than 150m above sea level.
WTS4: Type A Approval
WTS4 ties meet the requirements of Approved Document E: Resistance to the Passage of Sound and
are suitable for use in separating party walls of new build attached dwellings.
Minimum Requirements for Wall Ties to BS 5628-1:2005
Type
Minimum Mortar
Class
and Designation
Tensile Load
Capacity (N)
Tensile Load at 1mm
Displacement (N)
Compressive Load
Capacity (N)
Compressive Load at
1mm Displacement (N)
WTS2 M2 (iv) 1800 600 1300 433
WTS4 M2 (iv) 650 217 450 150
Recommended Masonry to Masonry Tie Length
Cavity Width
(mm)
Length of Wall Tie
(mm)
BS 5628-1 Wall Tie
Item Code
50-75 200
WTS2-200
WTS4-200
76-100 225
WTS2-225
WTS4-225
101-125 250 WTS2-250
132

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties
WTS Stainless Steel Wire Wall Tie
Recommended Positioning and Density
For walls in which both leaves are
90mm or thicker, masonry ties
need to be placed at not less than
2.5 per square metre (900mm
horizontal x 450mm vertical
centres).
The ties should be evenly
distributed throughout the wall
area, with the
exception of around openings
and should be staggered where
possible.
Insulation Board
Where insulation board is installed
within the cavity and restrained by
ties with insulation retaining clips
(Simpson Strong-Tie ref. IRC001), it
may be necessary to reduce the
horizontal spacing of the ties to
600mm.
At vertical edges of an opening,
unreturned or unbonded edges,
and vertical expansion joints -
additional ties should be used at a
rate of one per 300mm (height) and
located not more than 225mm from
the edge.
Length of Tie and Embedment
Wall ties should be of the correct length to
ensure they are fully embedded in the
masonry.
The tie should have a minimum embedment
of 50mm in each leaf, but also allow for site
tolerances relating to the cavity width and
centring of the tie.
The recommended tie lengths will therefore
achieve an embedment of between 62.5mm
and 75mm.
For the most suitable tie length, see the
“Recommended Masonry to Masonry Tie
Length” table (opposite page).
133

Bead and Mesh
PVC-u Plasterers Bead
Internal
Description
Angle Bead 2mm x 2.5m - White
Angle Bead 2mm x 3.0m - White
SST Code
PAB0225W
PAB0230W
More plastering
professionals are
turning to
PVC-u bead...
Beads
Arch Angle Bead 2mm x 2.5m - White
Arch Angle Bead 2mm x 3.0m - White
Angle Bead 6mm x 3.0m - White
Angle Bead 10mm x 2.5m - White
Angle Bead 10mm x 3.0m - White
PAAB0225W
PAAB0230W
PSAB0630W
PSAB1025W
PSAB1030W
Simpson Strong-Tie ®
PVCu plasterers beads
are manufactured from
high impact and ultra violet
resistant PVC-u for extruded
profiles and in fire conditions
to BS476 part 12: 1991.
Angle
Bead
Angle Bead 10mm x 3.0m - Ivory
Angle Bead 15mm x 2.5m - White
Angle Bead 15mm x 3.0m - White
Angle Bead 15mm x 3.0m - Ivory
PSAB1030I
PSAB1525W
PSAB1530W
PSAB1530I
PVC-u beads are available
in lengths that differ to steel
manufactured alternatives,
please contact the Sales
Office for more information.
Angle Bead 20mm x 3.0m Wide Wing - White
PSAB2030WW
Bellcast
Bead
Angle Bead 20mm x 3.0m Wide Wing - Ivory
Bellcast Bead 15mm 3.0m - White
Bellcast Bead 15mm 3.0m - Ivory
Bellcast Bead 20mm 3.0m - White
Bellcast Bead 20mm 3.0m - Ivory
Stop Bead 10mm x 3.0m - White
PSAB2030WI
PBC1530W
PBC1530I
PBC2030W
PBC2030I
PPSB1030W
• Superior corrosion
resistance.
• Convenient, easy to cut
lengths on site.
• Light and easy to
transport.
• Resistant to breakage
• UV resistant.
Stop Bead 10mm x 2.5m - White
Stop Bead 10mm x 3.0m - Ivory
Stop Bead 15mm x 2.5m - White
Stop Bead 15mm x 3.0m - White
Stop Bead 15mm x 3.0m - Ivory
PPSB1025W
PPSB1030I
PPSB1525W
PPSB1530W
PPSB1530I
Simpson Strong-Tie Codes
Explained
Our bead and mesh codes follow
a specific system to help identify
the correct type, for example
PSAB1030W describes the
following:
Stop Bead 20mm x 3.0m - White
Stop Bead 20mm x 3.0m - Ivory
PPSB2030W
PPSB2030I
Material Type
PSAB1030W: P=Plastic
Movement
Bead
Movement Bead 10mm 2.5m - White
Movement Bead 15mm 2.5m - White
Movement Bead 15mm 2.5m - Ivory
PMB1025W
PMB1525W
PMB1525I
Abbreviated Description
PSAB1030W SAB=Standard Angle
Bead
Size and Length
PSAB1030W 1030=10mm x 3.0m
Colour
PSAB1030W W=White
Wide Wing Options: These are
defined by a “W” after the size and
before the colour, e.g. PSAB1030WW
is the wide wing (55mm) equivalent
to PSAB1030W (45mm).
134

Bead and Mesh
Bead and Mesh
A range of Beads, Mesh and Archformers to satisfy the requirements of modern
building design, along with the needs of traditional repair and maintenance work.
ERS External Render Stop Bead
We strongly recommend the use of Stainless Steel
or PVCu products in external applications.
Corrosion Protection
• In normal circumstances matured plasterwork may be regarded as dry and therefore
non-corrosive. Where galvanised beads are used the initial plaster drying out period
should be kept to a minimum to reduce the risk of possible corrosion of the steel.
• Stainless steel beads are specifically designed for cement based renders and should
not be used with gypsum based plasters.
• To prevent bimetallic corrosion ensure all metal fixings used in the installation are of the
same material or are separated with a suitable plastic sheathing.
• In general, metal beads should be kept dry and stored flat. Care should also be taken to
prevent accidental damage to the galvanised coating.
• The use of water contaminated with soluble salts in plastering mixes should be avoided
as should soluble chlorides as they are likely to increase the risk of metal corrosion.
SAB Angle Bead
Material: Simpson Strong-Tie Plastering Accessories are manufactured from either:Pre-
Galvanised Mild Steel or Austenitic Stainless Steel
MILD STEEL GALVANISED TO Z275 IS NOT SUITABLE FOR EXTERNAL
APPLICATIONS. STAINLESS STEEL SHOULD ONLY BE USED IN EXTERNAL
APPLICATIONS WITH THE APPROPRIATE CEMENT BASED RENDERS.
British Standards - Relevant current British Standards are as follows;
• BS EN 13658-1: 2005: Part 1 - Metal Lath and Beads: Internal Plastering.
• BS EN 13914-1: 2005 - External Rendering.
• BS EN 13914-2: 2005 - Internal Plastering.
• BS 8000: Part 10: 1995 - Workmanship on Site: Code of Practice for Plastering and
Rendering.
• BS8212: Part 1: 1995 - Code of Practice for Dry lining and Partitioning using Gypsum
Plaster.
• EN13658: Part 2: 2005 - Metal and Lath Beads: External Rendering.
General Installation Notes:
• The most appropriate bead should be specified in accordance with the application,
required plaster depth and desired finish. In external applications, we recommend the
use of stainless steel products.
• Ensure that all metal components used in a given installation are of the same material
type.
• Always wear gloves when cutting or handling to prevent injury from sharp edges.
• Beads and Mesh may be cut to size as required by using snips across the mesh and a
hacksaw across the beads noses.
• Beads should be fixed in accordance with one of the following methods.
RBL Rib Lath
Installation of
Pre-Formed Archframes
1. Pressing the bead’s wings firmly into plaster dabs placed at approximately 600mm
centres both sides of the arris.
2. The wings may be embedded into the first coat of plaster for normal two coat work.
3. Nailing to a background with galvanised, or stainless steel nails.
• When beads are used in conjunction with metal lath backgrounds, galvanised or
stainless steel tying wire may be used. Ensure the wire material matches the bead and
lath materials. All wire should be twisted tightly and the ends bent away from the finished
face of the coating. (For lath fixing details refer to DML and RBL sections of catalogue).
• Avoid damage to beads when trowelling plaster or render.
135

Bead and Mesh
PSB/PEB/MVB/ERS Edge Beads
Plastering and rendering made simple.
PSB Plaster Stop Bead (Mesh Wing)
• Products simply fixed with plaster dabs or nails.
• Edges, arrises, corners, joints and abutments all easier to form.
• Designed to minimise potential chipping, cracking and associated damage.
Thin coat plaster stop bead (30mm Perforated Wing)
• Provides a neat finished thin coat plaster edge wherever required.
• Numerous applications internally including those at openings, abutment of walls and for
ceiling finishes.
Plaster stop bead (65mm Mesh Wing)
• Provides a neat finish plaster/render edge wherever required.
• Numerous applications internally and externally including those at openings, abutment
of walls and for ceiling finishes.
Plasterboard edge bead (25mm Wing)
• Provides reinforcement for plasterboard edges.
• Suitable for 9.5mm or 12.5mm plasterboard.
PSB Thin Coat Plaster Stop Bead
(Perforated Wing)
Movement bead (140mm overall width, 65mm wing)
• Movement Bead consists of two lengths of Stop Bead linked with a white PVC
extrusion.
• Allows +/-3mm differential expansion or settlement movement between adjoining
surfaces.
External render stop bead (16mm-19mm Render Depth, 45mm Wing)
• Designed to provide an aesthetic, enhanced weathering detail.
• Provides reinforcement to resist impact damage.
• Use galvanised steel for areas of low exposure conditions.
• Use stainless steel for average or high exposure conditions and coastal areas.
MVB Movement Bead
Material: 0.40mm Stainless Steel, 0.45mm Pre-Galvanised Steel
Installation: Edge beads may be fixed by dabs or by masonry nails of similar material.
Plasterboard Edge Bead: Fix the perforated wing flush to the board face before applying
final skim coat. The bead may be reversed if required by fixing the wing to the board’s inner
surface.
Model No.
Galvanised
Stainless Steel
Dimensions
Thin Coat Perforated Stop Bead
PSB0324 - 3mm x 2.4m
PSB0330 - 3mm x 3.0m
PSB0624 - 6mm x 2.4m
PSB0630 - 6mm x 3.0m
Plaster Stop Bead (Mesh Wing)
PSB1024 - 10mm x 2.4m
PSB1030 PSB1030S 10mm x 3.0m
PSB1324 - 13mm x 2.4m
PSB1330 PSB1330S 13mm x 3.0m
PSB1624 - 16mm x 2.4m
PSB1630 PSB1630S 16mm x 3.0m
PSB1930 PSB1930S 19mm x 3.0m
Plasterboard Edge Bead
PEB1030 - 9.5mm x 3.0m
PEB1330 - 12.5mm x 3.0m
PEB1530 - 14.5mm x 3.0m
Movement Bead
MVB1030 - 10mm x 3.0m
MVB1330 - 13mm x 3.0m
MVB1630 MVB1630S 16mm x 3.0m
Render Stop
ERS24 - 2.4m
ERS30 ERS30S 3.0m
We strongly
recommend the
use of Stainless
Steel or PVC-u
products
in external
applications.
136
ERS Render Stop Bead
PEB Plasterboard Edge Bead

Bead and Mesh
SAB/TCB/MMB Corner Beads
Plastering and rendering made simple.
Angle Bead (45mm wing, 13mm plaster depth)
• Helps for a true, straight arris
• Designed to prevent chipping and cracking to vulnerable corners.
• Use with two coat plaster application.
(SAB Only)
SAB Angle Bead
Thin Coat Bead (25mm wing, 3mm plaster depth)
• Designed for use with one coat plaster work down to a 3mm finish.
• Perforated wings to provide an excellent plastering key.
Mini Mesh Bead (25mm wing, 3mm plaster depth)
• Designed for use with one coat plaster work down to a 3mm finish.
• Fine mesh wings to provide an excellent plastering key.
Material (for item codes specified below):
0.40mm Stainless Steel
Pre-Galvanised Steel (see table below for thickness).
TCB Thin Coat Bead
Installation: Installation usually achieved by pressing the wings firmly into plaster dabs
placed at approximately 600mm centres both sides of the arris. The wings may alternatively
be embedded into the first coat of plaster for normal two-coat work.
Beads may be cut to size as required by using a hacksaw and snips. Beads should be stored
off the ground and in dry conditions during site work.
Galvanised
Model No.
Stainless Steel
Angle Bead
Length
(M)
Galvanised
Steel
Thickness
(mm)
SAB24 - 2.4 0.40
SAB24W SAB24SW 2.4 0.40
SAB30 SAB30S 3.0 0.40
SAB30W SAB30SW 3.0 0.40
Thin Coat Bead
TCB2404 - 2.4 0.40
TCB3004 - 3.0 0.40
Mini Mesh Bead
MMB24 - 2.4 0.4
MMB30 - 3.0 0.4
Please note: where
SAB is required
with 53mm flange,
model numbers
suffixed “W”
ie. SAB24W are
applicable.
Wide Wing (WW)
versions of TCB24
and TCB30 are
also available).
MMB Mini Mesh Bead
We strongly recommend the use of Stainless Steel or PVC-u products in external applications.
CBR Masonry Reinforcement Mesh
Provide added strength and stability.
• Galvanised or stainless steel finish.
• Assists resistance to tensile stresses where settlement occurs. Easily
incorporated into mortar course, coiled for ease of handing.
Material: 0.40mm stainless steel; 0.40mm pre-galvanised Steel
Installation: All metal components used in any particular application must be of
the same material type. Gloves should be worn to protect hands from sharp metal
edges. Position the mesh within the masonry bed joints, providing a minimum of
25mm cover to external faces. Overlap by a minimum of 75mm if joining two lengths
together. The mesh can be laid every third brickwork course for most reinforcement.
CBR Masonry
Reinforcement Mesh
Primarily used to resist local
cracking under and over
wall openings.
Model No.
Dimensions
Galvanised
Stainless Steel
CBR2063 CBR2063S 63mm x 20m
CBR20112 CBR20112S 112mm x 20m
CBR20175 CBR20175S 175mm x 20m
CBR20228 CBR20228S 228mm x 20m
CBR20305 - 305mm x 20m
137

Bead and Mesh
DML Expanded Metal Lathing
Ideal for use as a general reinforcement mesh.
DML Expanded Metal Lathing
DML Expanded Metal Lathing is widely used as a backing to help prevent cracks
occurring where different materials meet.
Material:
Pre-galvanised Mild Steel
Stainless Steel
Finish: Galvanised or stainless steel.
Installation:
All metal components used in any particular application must be of the same
material type. Gloves should be worn to protect hands from sharp metal edges.
Expanded Metal Lathing
Fix with the mesh length running across the supports (at max 350mm centres)
with strand sloping downwards and away from the face of the coating.
Timber: Using 7mm headed plasterer’s nails 38mm long, or 32 x 2mm staples,
fix to each support starting from the centre of sheet. Angle fixings away from the
centre to give the lath the necessary tension.
Steel: Bend 1.2mm tying wire into long “U”shapes and tie lath at 100mm centres
by pulling tight and twisting. When cutting wire ends, ensure that they are not left
near the surface of the plaster. Sheet ends should be overlapped by 50mm on
supports and wired together at 150mm centres.
Fixing installed at an angle to give
necessary tension.
Sheet sides should be overlapped by a minimum of 25mm and wired
together at 150mm centres in timber and steel applications.
Model No.
Dimensions (mm)
Galvanised
Stainless Steel
DML26/10 DML26S/5 2400 x 700 x 0.40
We strongly
recommend the use
of Stainless Steel or
PVC-u products in
external applications.
End laps
should be
wired
together
at 150mm
intervals
End laps
should lap 50mm
on supports.
Fixing to supports
should be at
100mm centers.
100mm
General Fixing
Information for Fixing
to Metal /Timber
Supports
Fixing Expanded
Metal Lathing to Solid
Backgrounds
25mm
Side laps should be not less than
25mm and should be wired
together at 150mm intervals.
138

Bead and Mesh
RBL Rib Lath
Plaster backing for walls, ceilings and partitions.
RBL Rib Lath provides plaster backing and is also suitable for the refurbishing of
damaged or deteriorated face of masonry walls.
RBL Rib Lath
Material:Pre-galvanised Mild Steel or Stainless Steel
Installation:
All metal components used in any particular application must be of the same
material type. Gloves should be worn to protect hands from sharp metal edges.
Fixing of lath should follow BS EN 13914-1:2005 Internal Plastering and
BS EN 13914-2:2005 External Rendering.
The apex of rib lath should always be in contact with the fixing background.
Fixing to metal or timber supports:
Timber: Use 38 x 7mm plasterer’s nails or 32 x 2mm staples to fix with ribs running
at 90° to timber studs which should be at a maximum 600mm centres.
Metal: Use 1.63mm or two strands of 1.22mm galvanised mild steel wire to tie
around the rib where it crosses each steel stud. Steel studs should be at maximum
600mm centres.
To join sheets of Rib Lath, the edge ribs should be overlapped and the edges tied
at 150mm centres with 1.22mm tying wire. Where the ends of the lathing finish in
front of a support, overlap by 50mm, otherwise sheets should be overlapped by
100mm with two 1.63mm ties used with each overlapping rib.
Fixing to solid backgrounds: The ribs of the lath should be held firmly against the
background by the use of fixings placed at 600 mm centres. End edges should be
overlapped by 50mm, side edges by 25mm and tied or screwed at 150mm centres.
Available in galvanised or stainless
steel finish.
May be fixed to metal or timber
supports.
Fully compliant with BS EN 13914.
We strongly recommend
the use of Stainless Steel
or PVC-u products in
external applications.
Model No.
Galvanised
Stainless Steel
Dimensions (mm)
RBL4 RBL4S 2460 x 600 x 0.4
Fixing RBL to Timber Supports
using 38mm Staple
Fixing RBL to Timber Supports
using 38mm Nail
Fixing RBL to Metal Supports
using Wire Tie
139

Bead and Mesh
WP/COR/AM/CP/ESP/BSP Arch Formers
A high quality yet cost effective solution to creating internal arches in
masonry walls.
Material:
Pre-galvanised Mild Steel
Archformer installation where new
opening is being created.
Installation: Arch formers are non-load bearing. If creating a new opening a
lintel will be necessary.
Selection: Measure the brick to brick width and thickness of gap. If necessary,
cut arch using snips and a hacksaw or use a bridging section (ref BSP450). If
wall thickness exceeds 150mm, select extra Soffit Piece (ref ESP295) for wall
thickness up to 400mm.
Fixing: Remove plaster down to brickwork and mark centre point of the gap on both sides. Nail arch segments into
place using, masonry nails provided, connecting beads at centre with joining pieces supplied.
If provided, fit Soffit pieces between segments with screws, nails and joining pieces.
For walls of thickness less than 150mm join overlapping fixed soffits with self-tapping screws provided. For walls
thicker than 150mm use extra soffit piece (ref ESP295) in the same way as above.
To adapt an arch to fit between two parallel walls, cut and use wooden battens as shown in the illustration on the
right.
Plastering: When the arch frame is fully secured to the wall, use standard angle bead on vertical corners as usual and
apply plaster directly to the mesh.
Archformer Type Model No Width (mm) Rise (mm)
Warwick Semi Circle
WP0750 750 375
WP0800 800 400
WP0850 850 425
WP0900 900 450
WP1000 1000 500
WP1200 1200 600
WP1500 1500 750
Semi-Circle Corners COR0750 375 375
Archmaker Semi-Circle AM0750 75-1200 375
CP1050 1050 265
Classic Oval
Extra Soffit Piece
Bridging Section
CP1200 1200 280
CP1500 1500 330
CP1800 1800 375
CP2400 2400 375
ESP295
BSP450
295 X 1220mm for walls
Thicker than 150mm
Extends the span of warwick and
classic arches by 450mm max
Suits wall thickness of 90mm to
150mm without cutting.
Solid bead for durability and ease of
plastering.
Wide variety of styles and sizes
available.
Fixings and instructions included.
W
W
W
W
R
R
R
R
SVM Stainless Steel Soffit Vent Mesh
A 75mm wide, fine stainless steel mesh on a 30m roll. Easy to cut and install.
Allows roof space ventilation, helps prevent birds and insects from gaining
access via soffits.
Item Code: SVM3075
NEW!
140

Bead and Mesh
Toothed Thin Coat Bead
Save time and money: install thin coat bead without
nails or screws - just push and tap into place.
Now available from
Simpson Strong-Tie ®
pre-toothed thin coat bead that needs no nails or
screws, just push and tap it on to the corner of the
wall and get plastering.
The latest addition to our thin coat bead range: the
TTCB (toothed thin coat bead), features tiny teeth
spaced at 40mm intervals which grip the plaster
board, holding the bead firmly in place.
Easy to install, just push and
tap into place for a firm fit to
the plaster board...
Gripping teeth
located at
40mm intervals,
hold the bead
firmly in place.
• Save money on nails and screws, you won’t be
needing them.
• Pre-toothed at 40mm intervals.
• Save time, just tap into place and get started
with the plaster application.
• Convenient - easy to dismount and reposition
without damaging the bead or plaster board.
• Flexible - can be used in long or short lengths
due to regular tooth spacing. You can still use
traditional fixing methods in awkward areas if
preferred.
• Available in 2.4m, 2.7m and 3.0m lengths.
Model No.
Length (mm)
TTCB2404 2.4m
TTCB2704 2.7m
TTCB3004 3.0m
141

Miscellaneous
HI Scrolled Hip Iron
Material:
Mild steel.
Finish:
Hot-dip galvanised.
Model No
HI3
HI4
HI5
Material
Thickness
3mm
4mm
5mm
150
300
25
NS Nail Stopper
Prevent nails from piercing water pipes and
electrical cables.
NS Nail Stopper
Installation: Installs over utilities passing
through timber studs. Use specified fasteners.
Material: 1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Model No Length (mm) Fastners 1
Typical NS Installation
NS1 75 2 - 3.75 x 30mm
NS2 150 2 - 3.75 x 30mm
1. Square Twist Nail.
1ARBGAL Arrisrail Fencing Bracket
The 1ARBGAL is a 300mm long arrisrail bracket for connecting arrisrails to
wooden posts. Suitable for use on 75mm Arrisrails.
Material: 0.8mm pre-galvanised mild steel to BS EN 10327:2004 DX51d+Z275
1ARBGAL
300 mm
142

Miscellaneous
DBT Deck Board Tie
The DBT deck board tie provides a nail free surface fastening system for deck boards.
Designed for use with 35mm thick decking timber. Using the DBT eliminates:
Typical DBT Installation
• Countersinking
• Hammer dents
• Nail popping
• Water puddling
• Ugly nail heads
• Rust stains on the surface
Installation:
Position the DBT with the locator prongs and install with a single 3.75 x 30mm square
twist nail. Using dry timber will minimise deck board movement after installation.
Material: 1.2mm mild steel. Pre-galvanised finish.
SPWG Square Plate Washer
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Model No Dimensions (mm) Bolt Size
SPWG
Square Plate Washer
SPWG 50 x 50 x 2.5 M12
MP Mending Plate
Easy to use connector for timber splices, no nails required. For
non-structural applications only; not for truss applications.
Material: 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
L
Model No
Width (mm)
Dimensions
Length (mm)
MENDING PLATE
NOT FOR TRUSSES
MP14 25 100
W
MP24 50 100
MP36 75 150
MENDING PLATE
MP Installed
NOT FOR TRUSSES
143

Quik Drive and
Stainless Steel
Fixings
Applications include:
Decking
Cladding
Drywall
Flooring
Ceilings
Truck Beds
Marine Installations
Oak Framing
Modular Housing
C-FIXINGS-12
+44 (0) 1827 255 600
www.strongtie.co.uk
Quik Drive Catalogue 2012.indd 1 02/07/2012 10:10:10
Also available from Simpson Strong-Tie ®
Quik Drive collated screws and a range of stainless steel screws for a variety of applications
including floors, celiings, cladding, decking and even truck beds.

Technical Support
Getting Fast Technical Advice
For the best technical support and practical advice, contact our Technical Support
Team. To help us to help you, try and have the following information to hand:
• Which Simpson product are you using
• What is your load requirement
• What is the supported member’s width and height
• What is the supporting member’s width and height
• What is the supporting member’s material and application
Call +44(0)1827 255600 or fax +44(0)1827 255629
or email: uktechnical@strongtie.com
Visit us at: www.strongtie.co.uk
Technical Info
On-line Service
• Product Information.
• Technical Bulletins.
• Installation Videos.
• Register for Training.
• Order Literature and CD’s.
• Request Technical and Sales Support.
• Request details of nearest
Simpson Stong-Tie ® distributor.
• Register for Training.
• 3D Drawings.
• Connector Selector Software.
145

Special Connector Request - Top Flange Joist Hangers
Simpson Strong-Tie® offers a technical service to aid the design of non-standard connectors including those for timber-totimber
(Glulam, Engineered Wood and Solid Timber), timber-to-masonry and other construction methods.
For face fix timber-to-timber specially manufactured items, see catalogue SAE***X codes specials table (page 38).
For other special requirements contact our Technical Department on 01827 255600.
From:
Company:
Tel: Fax: Date: Pages:
Special Manufacture Timber-to-Timber Top Flange Hangers
Supporting
Header
Type
Header
Height
(mm)
Header
Width
(mm)
Supported
Joist
Type
Joist
Height
(mm)
Joist
Width
(mm)
Skew
Angle
(L/R)
Slope
Angle
(Up/Down)
Solid Header
Solid Header
I-Joist
I-Joist
I-Joist (Backer Blocks)
I-Joist (Web Stiffeners)
Open Web Joist
Open Web Joist
Date Req: Qty Req: Capacity Fk (kN):
Special Manufacture Timber-to-Masonry or Steel Top Flange Hangers
Supporting
Header
Type
Header
Height
(mm)
Header
Width
(mm)
Supported
Joist
Type
Joist
Height
(mm)
Joist
Width
(mm)
Skew
Angle
(L/R)
Slope
Angle
(Up/Down)
Masonry 2.8N/mm 2
Masonry 3.5N/mm 2
Masonry 7N/mm 2
Steel
Min. 675mm
masonry
above, see
relevant
catalogue
page for more
information.
Solid Header
I-Joist
I-Joist (Web Stiffeners)
Open Web Joist
Date Req: Qty Req: Capacity Fk (kN):
Typical top view:
skewed left.
Typical side view:
sloped down.
Fill out and fax this form to Simpson Strong-Tie Technical Department on 01827 255629.
To download a blank copy visit: www.strongtie.co.uk/fabrication
146

Special Connector Request - Column Caps
Other specially manufactured column caps are available, contact the
Technical Department on 01827 255600.
From:
Company:
Tel: Fax: Date: Pages:
Special Manufacture Columns Caps
Coumns Caps
Beam
Height
H1
Beam
Width
W1
Post
Width
W2
Beam
Height
H2
Beam
Width
W3
Beam
Height
H3
Beam
Width
W4
SPEC CC
SPEC CCT
SPEC NON CAT ECCLL
SPEC NON CAT ECCLR
SPEC NON CAT CCC
Date Req: Qty Req: Capacity Fk
(kN):
SPEC CC
SPEC CCT
H1
H1
H2
W1
W1
W3
W2
W2
W1
W4
H1
H3
SPEC ECCLL
H1
H2
W1
SPEC CCC
H2
W3
W3
W2
W2
Fill out and fax this form to Simpson Strong-Tie Technical Department on 01827 255629.
To download a blank copy visit: www.strongtie.co.uk/fabrication
147

Connectors
for Timber
and Masonry
Construction
2013 Edition C-UK12
Effective January 1st 2013
Simpson Strong-Tie UK
Winchester Road, Cardinal Point, Tamworth
Staffordshire, England, B78 3HG
Unit 6 Macintosh Road, Kirkton Campus
Livingston, Scotland, EH54 7BW
Killarney Road, Killorglin
County Kerry, Ireland
France:
Tel: (33) 2 51 28 44 00 | Fax: (33) 2 51 28 44 00 01
www.strongtie.fr
Denmark:
Tel: (45) 87 81 74 70 | Fax: (45) 87 81 74 09
www.strongtie.dk
Germany:
Tel: (49) 6032 86 80-0 | Fax: (49) 6032 86 80-199
www.strongtie.de
Czech Republic:
www.strongtie.cz
Poland:
Tel: (48) 22 865 22 00 | Fax: (48) 22 865 22 10
www.strongtie.pl
USA:
Tel: (1) 925 560 9000 | Fax: (1) 925 847 1597
www.strongtie.com
Tel: +44(0)1827 255600 | Fax: +44(0)1827 255616
www.strongtie.co.uk